e10vk
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
þ |
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
or
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 000-30269
PIXELWORKS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Oregon
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
91-1761992
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
|
|
|
|
|
8100 SW Nyberg Road, Tualatin, OR
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
97062
(Zip code)
|
|
(503) 454-1750
(Registrants telephone number,
including area code) |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of
the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K
(§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the
registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,
or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer þ Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Act).
Yes o No þ
Aggregate market value of voting Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at June 30,
2006: $126,215,165. For purposes of this calculation, executive officers and directors are
considered affiliates.
Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at February 28, 2007: 48,822,727.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrants definitive proxy statement relating to its 2007 Annual Meeting of
Shareholders, to be filed subsequently Part I and Part III.
PIXELWORKS, INC.
FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
Forward-looking Statements
This Report, including the Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operation in Part II, Item 7, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning
of the Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that are based on current expectations, estimates,
beliefs, assumptions and projections about our business. Words such as expects, anticipates,
intends, plans, believes, seeks, estimates and variations of such words and similar
expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are not
guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks and uncertainties that are difficult to
predict. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in
such forward-looking statements due to numerous factors. Such factors include, but are not limited
to, increased competition, adverse economic conditions in the U.S. and internationally, including
adverse economic conditions in the specific markets for our products, adverse business conditions,
failure to design, develop and manufacture new products, lack of success in technological
advancements, lack of acceptance of new products, unexpected changes in the demand for our products
and services, the inability to successfully manage inventory pricing pressures, failure to reduce
costs or improve operating efficiencies, changes to and compliance with international laws and
regulations, currency fluctuations, our ability to attract, hire and retain key and qualified
employees, and other risks identified in the risk factors contained in Part I, Item 1A of this
Report. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and we
do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or
circumstances after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. If we do update or correct one or
more forward-looking statements, you should not conclude that we will make additional updates or
corrections with respect thereto or with respect to other forward-looking statements.
PART I
Item 1. Business.
Overview
We are an innovative designer, developer and marketer of
semiconductors and software that
specializes in video and pixel processing for the advanced display industry. At the core of our
technology are unique techniques for intelligently processing signals on a pixel-by-pixel basis
that result in images optimized for a variety of digital displays, including advanced televisions,
multimedia projectors, and liquid crystal display (LCD) panels. Pixelworks flexible design
architecture enables our technology to produce outstanding image quality in our customers display
products in a range of solutions, including system-on-chip (SoC) integrated circuits (ICs) and
co-processor ICs. Pixelworks was founded in 1997.
Over the course of the last several years, the display
industry has moved rapidly from displays
using analog, or waveform, signals, to a new generation of technologies that utilize display
screens that operate digitally and are comprised of a grid of thousands of tiny picture elements,
or pixels. Examples of these new types of displays include liquid crystal displays, plasma
displays, micro-mirror devices and other advanced display technologies. Accordingly, the video
image processors that drive these displays have had to change significantly as well in order to
keep pace with the ever growing needs for greater resolution, size and speed as displays
transitioned to digital technology. The industry has shifted emphasis away from multiple
analog chips to fully integrated digital SoC image processor ICs that incorporate the full
spectrum of the video and audio signal path along with memory and data processing in one SoC chip.
These chips have
significantly grown in complexity requiring greater engineering resource investments putting more
functionality onto increasingly smaller geometries.
3
The latest generations of these digital display technologies are continuing to increase
performance for more lifelike images by increasing the diagonal size of the display itself,
resolution and image refresh rate, or the number of times per second the image is refreshed.
Premium displays currently feature resolutions of 1080P, or 1900 columns by 1080 rows of pixels
that all refresh simultaneously, also known as progressive scan, and can measure more than 50
inches diagonally. Liquid crystal displays, or LCDs, which comprise the dominant digital display
technology, are being introduced that produce a more realistic image for doubling the refresh rate
from 60 times per second to 120 times per second.
Meanwhile the incumbent display technology of cathode ray tubes (CRTs) operates using
analog-based technology which is being modernized. CRT televisions are being redesigned with
digital circuitry to enable them to function with modern video and broadcasting technologies and
to reduce the depth of their tube in order to compete with space-saving flat-screen technologies.
Recently, new widescreen CRTs are being introduced that are 30 percent thinner than previous
tubes. Manufacturers of CRT televisions are continuing to pursue developments of CRT technology
for regions, particularly developing economies, in which flat-screen displays may be too costly.
While pixilated displays are being embraced by consumers, broadcasters and consumer electronics
manufacturers are transitioning to video in digital formats, including the much-anticipated
high-definition television (HDTV). Current broadcast standards were developed in the middle of
the last century and were optimized for display on CRT televisions. The signals are formatted in
low resolutions that do not provide sufficient visual information and do not look crisp when
displayed on larger screens. The new digital television standards promise cleaner broadcast
signals that can transmit a high-definition signal in widescreen format for a cinema-quality
viewing experience. Even more recently, video content is becoming more commonly delivered via the
Internet.
During the transition to digital display technology, the development of signal processing ICs by
vertically integrated manufacturers is being augmented by third-party companies like Pixelworks.
We provide our customers, including manufacturers, original equipment manufacturers, and systems
integrators, with video and graphics signal processing solutions that enable them to deliver to
market rapidly an advanced display system with industry-leading performance and features. By
choosing this product development strategy, our customers reduce their research and development
costs, thereby reducing the cost of the overall system.
Our goal is to implement innovative video and pixel processing technologies that help set our
customers products apart in the market place by providing unique technologies for maximum image
performance. With our products, we believe our customers are able to differentiate themselves in
order to stem price erosion due to commoditization.
We have a broad and flexible product line that
uses proprietary technologies and advanced designs
to address the requirements of the industry we serve. Our products range from single-purpose
ICs to SoC ICs integrating a microprocessor, memory and image processing circuits that
function as a video processing computer on a single chip. Our ICs can be implemented on printed
circuit boards that contain the system electronics or, more recently, some parts are designed to
mount directly onto the LCD panel. Pixelworks has expanded its technology portfolio through
internal developments, acquisitions and co-developments with
business partners. In the future, we plan to introduce products that continue to integrate
additional functionality and utilize more advanced processes in order to improve performance and
lower product costs.
As a result of changes in the industry combined with significant operating losses, we announced a
multi-phased restructuring plan in April and November 2006 designed to reduce operating expenses
by
4
focusing our development efforts on core competencies in video and pixel processing and
consolidating the number of our North American design centers with the goal of becoming earnings
before income taxes, interest, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) positive by the end of
2007. Accordingly, we have been in the process of transitioning engineering expertise and
capability to our Shanghai and San Jose locations while we lower compensation and infrastructure
costs. As a result, we expect to significantly reduce our operating expenses in 2007 and have
narrowed the focus of our product development efforts to improve our ability to execute on
delivering co-processor based products in 2007 along with bringing to market new generations of
our SoC image processor ICs and ICs for LCD panels.
Advanced Display Industry
Pixelworks serves a number of growing markets in the advanced display industry that are reshaping
how business users and consumers interact with information and entertainment, including advanced
televisions, multimedia projectors, PC televisions and LCD panels. The display industrys shift
toward digital, fixed-pixel display technologies has created a need for video signal and pixel
processing electronics that achieve the necessary performance, in terms of image quality, ease of
use and cost. These markets differ in stages of maturity and each has unique requirements and
dynamics.
Advanced Television Market
While the analog CRT television is a widely accepted technology worldwide and comprises an
overwhelming majority of the installed base, the transition to digital-based television is well
under way in the market. According to a display industry analyst, in 2006 non-CRT televisions
using digital display technologies, referred to as advanced televisions, comprised more than 28
percent of the 189 million television units sold worldwide. Advanced televisions totaled 54
million units which marked an annual increase of 71 percent while the total market grew by only 6
percent which illustrates the acceleration of adoption of advanced television technologies.
Based on current analyst projections, the number of advanced televisions using digital display
technology that would require digital video signal processing ICs is continuing to accelerate and
is forecasted to collectively overtake analog CRT technology in total units worldwide in 2008. The
display technologies include LCDs, plasma display panels (PDPs), rear-projection televisions
using LCDs, digital micro-mirror devices (DMDs), and newer technologies, such as liquid crystal
on silicon (LCoS) and organic light emitting diodes (OLED). While the entire television market
is forecast to grow from 189 million units in 2006 to more than 225 million units in 2010, a
compound annual growth rate of 5 percent, the advanced television portion of the market is forecast
to grow to more than 150 million units in 2010 for a compound annual growth rate of 30 percent.
Looking more closely at the growth forecast, the majority of the growth is being driven by the
adoption of advanced televisions using LCD technology which has emerged as the preferred digital
display technology due to its ability to be manufactured cost effectively. LCD televisions are
forecast to lead the transition among advanced televisions rising from 39.6 million units in
2006 to 129.4 million units in 2010, a compound annual growth rate of 34 percent. LCD-based
televisions currently comprise almost the entire market for advanced televisions for screens
measuring less than 40 inches diagonally. LCD panel manufacturers are making progress on building
larger panels and today LCD televisions with screens measuring up to 65 inches are commercially
available, which is bringing LCD technology and plasma technology into direct competition.
A niche market within the LCD television market is hybrid televisions, or PC television (PCTV)
systems, that have embedded personal computers. These PCTV systems are gaining popularity in Japan
where living space is at a premium and range in screen sizes from 20-inch to more than 40-inches.
The
5
extended functionality combines a PC and a television environment onto a single flat screen for
optimal use of space.
Plasma display televisions, which range in screen size from 42 inches diagonally up to 70 inches
diagonally, are expected to grow at a more modest rate than LCD televisions. Plasma display
televisions have higher average selling prices based on their larger form factor which limits their
sales to one quarter the unit volume of LCD televisions. Plasma display televisions are estimated
to grow from 8.8 million units in 2006 to 17.7 million units in 2010 for a compound annual growth
rate of 19 percent.
The overall market for rear-projection televisions (RPTV) is currently declining and is projected
to shrink modestly between 2006 and 2010, from 5.6 million units to 5.1 million units for a
compound annual contraction rate of 2 percent. However, the underlying architecture of RPTV is
shifting from older projection TVs using analog CRT technology to newer digital technologies. In
2006, approximately 67 percent of RPTVs were based on digital display technologies and CRT-based
models are projected to be phased out of production in 2010. When looking at projection
technologies that comprise a market opportunity for Pixelworks, namely DMD, LCD and LCoS, the
combined compound annual growth rate between 2006 and 2010 is estimated to be 8 percent.
Another sector of the advanced television market that has emerged for Pixelworks is CRT televisions
which utilize our semiconductors for advanced video and pixel processing to enhance the picture
quality and enable them to display content from a digital source. Digital-based CRT televisions
require technologies to de-interlace incoming signals, resize images from high-definition sources
and improve image quality by digitally reshaping the image to eliminate image warping, particularly
on slim CRT sets. Despite the continued shrinking of the overall CRT television market, this
subset of the digital CRT market is projected to grow in the foreseeable future from 27.4 million
units in 2006 to 63.4 million units in 2010, a compound annual growth rate of 23 percent. In
particular, the manufacture of slim CRT televisions is poised to grow from approximately 6 million
units to approximately 37 million units in 2010 for a compound annual growth rate of 58 percent.
Market forecasts indicate that the advanced television market is poised for robust growth over the
next several years. In addition to the introduction of new display technologies into the consumer
electronics marketplace, two major trends are driving the growth of advanced televisions worldwide:
the introduction of digital television standards and new entrants among television manufacturers.
The introduction of a new broadcast standard requiring the use of digital transmission rather than
analog methods is an important transition in the industry. Digital television offers a clearer
image than analog and enables the transmission of high-definition standards, a wide-screen format,
less
interference and new types of applications such as interactivity and data transmission. In the
United States, the digital television standard is referred to as the ATSC format with similar
broadcast standards being developed in Europe, China and Japan called DVB, AVS and ARIB,
respectively.
The United States government is driving adoption of ATSC technology with a number of mandates. A
recent development in the United States is that the U.S. Congress declared in January 2006 that
analog television signal transmissions will cease on February 17, 2009. In order to facilitate
this transition, the U.S. Federal Communication Commission is mandating that televisions sold in
the United States include circuitry for receiving ATSC signals. Beginning in March 2007, all
televisions with a tuner and at least a 13-inch diagonal screen must include an ATSC receiver.
The second trend, the growth of new entrants into the television market, illustrates the shift in
the supply chain from electronics developed by vertically integrated manufacturers toward those
provided
6
by third-party companies such as Pixelworks. With strong growth expected in advanced
televisions, consumer electronics and PC manufacturers are converging on the television as the
information and entertainment gateway. In addition, regional manufacturers in Asia are attempting
to gain a position in the market that further increases the competitive landscape.
As the market for advanced televisions continues to commoditize, the opportunity for large-scale
semiconductor manufacturers opens for them to utilize their high-volume capacity and access to
advanced semiconductor manufacturing processes to provide cost-efficient solutions for commodity
video and signal processing ICs. While these solutions will reduce costs, it is anticipated that
on-screen performance will be compromised which creates the opportunity for specialized ICs to
provide targeted, pixel-by-pixel enhancements that will dramatically improve on-screen performance
and enable commodity video processors to drive improving display technologies. These pixel
processing technologies will enable manufacturers to continue to differentiate products and will
support efforts to create segments for premium brands.
Multimedia Projector Market
The multimedia projector market is maturing with steady growth as prices continue to decline and
manufacturers are introducing models for more targeted segments, including an emerging consumer
segment. In 2006, 5 million units were sold worldwide. A display industry analyst is forecasting
that in 2010 the multimedia projector market will expand to 12.9 million units, for a compound
annual growth rate of 27 percent. For the overall multimedia projector market, the average selling
price of each projector system is expected to decrease from $1,364 in 2006 to $848 in 2010.
Projector models range from larger units designed for installation, to ultra portable devices
weighing less than two pounds for maximum portability.
Two digital display technologies are currently used in multimedia projectors. In 2006,
approximately 51 percent of the market was using liquid crystal displays while the remainder was
utilizing digital micro-mirror devices, according to a display industry analyst.
The largest segment of the market serves professional users who use multimedia projectors to
display presentation materials from PCs and for showing video presentations. Requirements for the
professional market include portability, compatibility with multiple sources and features that
ensure simple operation. While businesses will continue to purchase projectors, we expect the
growth in the professional segment to come mainly from the education and government sectors.
The emerging market for consumer projectors for home entertainment continues to expand and open a
new opportunity for projector manufacturers. Consumers are discovering that they can have a
satisfying home cinema experience by investing in a multimedia projector for less than $1,000. In
order to achieve attractive price targets, manufacturers are developing models using lower
resolution displays, often with 800-by-600 pixel resolution, also known as SVGA, which is an
acronym for Super Video Graphics Array, and using lower cost LCDs. According to a display industry
analyst, the consumer market for multimedia projectors was 547,000 units in 2006, with the segment
expected to grow to 4.5 million units in 2010 for a compound annual growth rate of 70 percent.
We believe customers will continue to demand a more cinema-like experience which will require
improved video processing with a particular focus on home theater systems. For example, sales of
consumer projectors with resolutions suited for high-definition sources are expected to grow from
approximately 261,000 units in 2006 to 1.7 million units in 2010, for a compounded annual growth
rate of 59 percent. Similarly, sales of projectors using a widescreen aspect ratio are expected to
grow during that time from approximately 562,000 to 3.0 million units.
7
LCD Panel Market
We supply timing controller circuits for liquid crystal display panels which are a key component in
a number of consumer products, including flat-screen computer monitors, flat-screen televisions and
notebook computers. LCD panels are the primary technology driving the conversion to digital
display technologies due to their cost efficiency, performance and manufacturability. The most
advanced LCD manufacturers are using equipment capable of handling glass substrates, the
fundamental component in LCDs, exceeding 4 square meters from which 12 32-inch diagonal displays
can be yielded.
The total available market for the timing controller circuits used to drive large-area LCDs is,
according to an industry analyst, 288 million units worldwide in 2006, with 50 percent for
monitors, 28 percent for notebook computers and the remaining 22 percent for televisions.
Our Products and Technologies
We are an innovative designer, developer and marketer of semiconductors and software that
specializes in video and pixel processing for the advanced display industry. At the core of our
technology are unique techniques for intelligently processing signals on a pixel-by-pixel basis
that result in images optimized for a variety of digital displays, including advanced televisions,
multimedia projectors, and LCD panels. Pixelworks flexible design architecture enables our
technology to produce high image quality in our customers display products in a range of solutions
including SoC ICs, co-processor ICs and single purpose ICs.
Our product development strategy is evolving to meet the needs of the advanced display market by
supporting our objective of excelling as a leader in pixel processing. We are pursuing the portion
of the advanced display market that requires superior image quality and delivering that technology
in a variety of solutions, which could include highly integrated ICs to single-purpose chips. For
example, our multimedia projector customers typically prefer a highly integrated approach whereas
our advanced television customers may select to implement a co-processor IC to post-process video
signals for image enhancement.
Products
We currently have the following product categories in our portfolio:
ImageProcessor ICs. SoC ICs include embedded microprocessors and digital signal processing
circuitry that control the operations and signal processing within the advanced display system.
ImageProcessor ICs are used in advanced televisions and multimedia projectors. Semiconductors in
this category include circuitry for advanced image scaling, aspect ratio conversion, color
compensation, customizable on-screen display, automatic image optimization and control of the
operating system. ImageProcessor ICs can also include the following additional functions:
advanced de-interlacing circuitry; digital keystone correction; an analog-to-digital controller, or
ADC; a Digital Visual Interface, or DVITM, receiver; and a High-Definition Multimedia
Interface, or HDMITM, receiver.
ImageProcessor ICs were our first product offerings and continue to form the core of our business
in the advanced television and multimedia projector markets. We have continued to design the
architecture for optimal performance and manufactured the ICs on processes that align with our
customers requirements. Additionally, since our ImageProcessor ICs include the microprocessor for
the entire system, we provide a complete software development environment and operating system that
enables our customers to rapidly develop their products, customize the look and feel of their
products, and
8
provide consistent software architecture across product lines and product categories.
Our latest ImageProcessor IC, called the Pearl family, targets the advanced television and
multimedia projector markets. Pearl products integrate our most advanced de-interlacing, video
decoding, HDMITM, PixelAmpTM color enhancement, Chroma Key Window feature,
Dynamic Deblocking video processing and other video enhancement processing technologies.
ImageProcessor ICs are the leading category of our products and comprised approximately 69 percent
of our total revenue in 2006.
Video
Co-Processor ICs. Integrated circuits in this category are
co-processor ICs for use with our ImageProcessor ICs or for use with image processing solutions from other
manufacturers. This class of ICs offers manufacturers more flexibility in their multimedia
projection and advanced television system architectures. Video Co-Processor ICs are used to
post-process video signals in conjunction with an image processor solution. By offering these ICs,
we can target specific needs in our markets and implement technologies optimally without making
compromises to accommodate the demands of integration.
We currently produce several types of Video
Co-Processor ICs. One category is a post-processor IC
that uses a proprietary video processing algorithm to increase color performance for more brilliant
images on advanced TVs. The PixelAmpTM family of products offers a simple, low-cost
path to differentiation through video performance for television system manufacturers and can work
with anyones image processing solution.
A second category is designed specifically for
use in slim CRT televisions in order to digitally
pre-process the video signal to optimize it for the extreme deflection that is necessary in this
new generation of CRTs. This companion chip implements Pixelworks proprietary Digital Horizontal
Correction algorithm that ensures no distortion, vibrant colors and uniform brightness on slim CRT
television systems.
A third category is our standalone keystone
correction IC that works as a
companion to our ImageProcessor ICs to extend the maximum range for keystone correction in a
multimedia projection system. This IC complements an ImageProcessor IC to achieve a
maximum range of 45 degrees of horizontal and vertical keystone correction and features 10-bit processing
for a complete video signal path capable of displaying
more than one billion colors.
As a combined group, Video Co-Processor ICs generated approximately 12 percent of our total revenue
in 2006.
Smart TCON ICs. The timing controller, or TCON,
IC is mounted in a
LCD panel and translates a signal from the image processing electronics into a format which
instructs each sub-pixel in the display as to the amount of light it should display during each
screen refresh, which is usually 60 times per second. We have developed a programmable TCON
technology that improves LCD performance by increasing response speed and contrast, while also
lowering system costs by replacing the purpose-built ICs that are in use today. We
continue to develop this product category by integrating additional pixel processing technologies
to expand the functionality of these TCON ICs.
Smart TCON ICs are a new category of products for us and comprised approximately 3 percent of our
total revenue in 2006.
9
MediaProcessor ICs. We have developed a new class of products to support the display of new
digital television formats, including HDTV. The digital broadcast standards transmit data encoded
using a signal compression format known as MPEG, an acronym for the Motion Picture Experts Group,
which established the format. Our MediaProcessor IC products, the PWM2000 series, decode MPEG
video streams and resulted from joint development efforts with Toshiba Corporation. These
MediaProcessor chips provide a cost-effective, high-quality integrated solution for customers
developing high definition televisions. Although we continue to support legacy projects for
MediaProcessor ICs, we are no longer continuing to develop this product line.
Our line of MediaProcessor ICs comprised approximately 2 percent of our total revenue in 2006.
Broadband Signal Processor ICs. Our Broadband Signal Processor ICs are programmable SoC ICs for
handling Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) video using multiple industry-standard compression
decoding schemes. Broadband Signal Processor ICs use a VLIW, an acronym for Very Long Instruction
Word, microprocessor that offers the flexibility and power to be customized for a variety of
applications, including for handling IPTV and digital media adapter encoding and decoding,
videoconferencing and other specialized applications. We continue to support legacy projects for
Broadband Signal Processor ICs but are no longer continuing to develop this product line.
Broadband Signal Processor ICs contributed approximately 14 percent of our total revenue in 2006.
Technologies
In order to offer targeted products, our semiconductors are designed with a flexible chip
architecture that allows us to combine functional blocks of digital and mixed signal circuitry.
Accordingly, we develop technologies that can be implemented across multiple product lines. The
following is a description of selected technologies by target market.
Core Technologies for Advanced Displays
|
|
|
Advanced Image Scaling and Shaping. Since advanced displays are typically fixed-pixel,
digital display technologies, a constant challenge is to reconfigure incoming content in
video or PC formats that does not match the display resolution. Pixelworks has developed
innovative, industry-leading image scaling technologies that intelligently enlarge or
compress images for display in different resolutions or aspect ratios, which is the ratio
of width to height of display screens. This technology is essential for interfacing fixed
resolution digital displays to the wide range of inputs that are present in todays
marketplace, including HDTV. In addition, our image processing technology incorporates
proprietary programmable image scaling capable of resizing images to fit a wide variety of
aspect ratios. |
|
|
|
|
Adaptive Image Optimization. Our products must translate a broad range of signals in
standard and non-standard formats. We use a proprietary image processing technique to
identify the characteristics of an incoming signal and configure the system to produce the
best possible image. |
|
|
|
|
Color Compensation Technology. Our sophisticated custom color compensation technology
makes it possible to display consistent color images from video and computer graphics,
which use very different color palettes, on different display devices. Our color
processing technology compensates for variations in the color performance of a display.
Using our approach, any color can be addressed independently and adjusted without
impacting other colors. |
10
|
|
|
Fully Customizable On-Screen Display. Our technology couples an integrated on-screen
display controller with our industry-first development application. These technologies
allow customers who are designing ImageProcessor semiconductors into their display
products to quickly develop and implement their own unique user interfaces with up to 256
colors that can incorporate graphics and colorful icons in start-up displays and menus. |
Advanced Television Technologies
We have a suite of technologies that are designed
to serve the advanced television market and
designed with innovative video and pixel processing technologies that help set our customers
products apart in the market place by providing unique technologies for maximum image performance.
These technologies are implemented in a variety of solutions including highly integrated SoC ICs to
single-purpose ICs that serve as co-processor chips. These technologies are also used in projection
systems that function primarily as home entertainment systems.
Our key video and pixel processing technologies include:
|
|
|
PixelAmp Color Processing. PixelAmp color processing is a proprietary video
processing technique that increases color performance and enhances edges for more
brilliant, crisper images, including high definition content. For lower resolution
images, PixelAmp technology recovers clarity, which improves the consumer viewing
experience on legacy content in advanced television systems. The PixelAmp technology also
includes a demonstration mode that can display an image showing side-by-side screens of |
|
|
|
|
content with and without the edge and color enhancements, which is useful for
differentiating products in retail environments. |
|
|
|
|
Dynamic Deblocking. Dynamic Deblocking, or DDb, technology smoothes blocking artifacts
that are common in MPEG encoded content. In order to reduce the amount of data required
to store or transmit in digital format, which is used in digital broadcasting, DVD, and
digital video recording among others, the content is compressed. These digital
compression techniques can introduce visual artifacts that appear as visible blocks in the
video image. Our Dynamic Deblocking technology is able to detect these artifacts and
implements proprietary algorithms to eliminate the edges of the blocks and improve image
quality. |
|
|
|
|
Digital Horizontal Control. Digital Horizontal Control, or DHC, technology is designed
for advanced CRTs in order to reduce system complexity and cost, provide more control over
how the image appears on-screen and improve system reliability. Current digital CRTs use
analog chips to manipulate the scanning beam in order to achieve accurate images.
DHC digitally pre-processes the video signal in order to achieve the correct screen
geometry and image positioning to compensate for geometric distortion inherent in CRT
technology. DHC is an enabling technology for larger diagonal slim CRT televisions, which
have increased demands for deflection control due to the narrower tube depth. |
|
|
|
|
Chroma Key Window. Chroma Key Window technology enables improved video performance on
hybrid PCTV systems. The Chroma Key Window creates a flexible, resizable
picture-in-picture window that displays an alternative video source such as a set-top box
or DVD player. The advantage is a better image quality, since the content is displayed
using hardware to perform the video processing rather than relying on the PC to handle it
which burdens the PC microprocessor and uses software video processing, generally
resulting in lower image quality.
|
11
|
|
|
SteadySyncTM Weak Signal Compatibility. In many parts of the world,
television viewers still receive their content via over-the-air broadcast. Our SteadySync
technology is able to compensate for broadcast signals that are weak by being able to
better lock onto a signal and display a picture. This technology helps users in
under-served regions to better receive television broadcasts, which is attractive for
manufacturers serving developing countries. |
|
|
|
|
Intelligent Windowing. Intelligent Windowing technology offers consumers control over
how they view multiple content sources simultaneously. Our ImageProcessor ICs for
advanced televisions are capable of displaying video and computer content in various
user-controlled formats such as side-by-side, Picture-In-Picture (PIP), and
Picture-On-Picture (POP), where as many as 12 images from various other sources or
channels can be monitored while watching a primary viewing window. Our Intelligent
Windowing technology delivers additional flexibility with adjustable transparency and
user-controlled resizing of windows. |
In addition to these technologies, we also offer a suite of video processing technologies which we
call Digital Natural ExpressionTM (DNXTM). Pixelworks DNXTM
video processing technology significantly improves the quality of video images by combining
multiple enhancement techniques to deliver clear, natural-looking standard and high-definition
video images. DNXTM
technology utilizes sophisticated digital video processing to deliver a life-like picture through a
combination of techniques.
|
|
|
DNXTM Motion-Adaptive De-Interlacing. We have developed a proprietary video
processing technology to convert interlaced content into progressive content that
virtually eliminates image artifacts such as stair-stepping, often referred to as
jaggies, that can occur with less sophisticated techniques. Our motion-adaptive
de-interlacing is able to analyze the content and apply the most appropriate methods for
both standard television formats and also HDTV formats. In addition, DNX Motion-Adaptive
De-Interlacing automatically recognizes when incoming signals were originally captured on
film so that special methods are employed to display the content. |
|
|
|
|
DNXTM PixelBoostTM. DNX PixelBoostTM technology
improves pixel response which eliminates blurring in fast-motion video as seen on some LCD
panels. LCD pixels are not able to turn on and off as rapidly as pixels in CRTs, which
results in blurry images when content contains quick movements. DNX
PixelBoostTM technology can compensate for this property of LCD panels by
manipulating the content in a way that makes it display more crisply on the screen. |
|
|
|
|
DNXTM Rich Color Processing. DNX Rich Color Processing is a technology that
renders more than one billion colors with 10-bit color processing and also optimizes
content appearance for various display technologies. |
|
|
|
|
DNXTM Video Enhancement Processing. Most content has been encoded in order
to enhance its appearance on CRT-based televisions which makes it appear unnatural when
displayed on LCDs, DMDs or plasma displays. Our DNX Video Enhancement Processing enables
manufacturers to apply filters that compensate for the signals in order to produce sharp,
rich picture quality. |
|
|
|
|
DNXTM Noise Reduction. Digital displays often appear to create movement
where none exists because pixels flicker in areas where there is no motion, creating a
distracting shimmering effect. This is referred to as noise. We have developed
proprietary technology that minimizes noise for a stable, accurate video image.
|
12
Multimedia Projector Technologies
|
|
|
Digital Keystone Correction. We pioneered digital keystone correction technology and
it is now established as a key feature in multimedia projectors. When projecting an
image, if the digital projector is not perpendicular to the surface on which it is
projecting the image, the image will be distorted. Our digital keystone correction
modifies the geometry of the image in our ImageProcessor IC so that it will appear that
the image is squared up, which allows a projector to be placed virtually anywhere in the
room. Our ICs have the ability to adjust the image both vertically and horizontally.
Digital keystone correction technology is used in ImageProcessor ICs for the multimedia
market, as well as in our stand alone keystone correction co-processor IC. |
LCD Panel Technologies
|
|
|
Smart Timing Controllers. Typically, every LCD panel requires a TCON that is a
purpose-built IC with the function of signaling the LCD panel when to
turn the pixels on and off. We have led the development of a new type of TCON that is
programmable, or smart, so it is able to work with most LCD panels. LCD manufacturers
benefit by no longer having to design and build a unique component for each panel.
Additionally, we implemented new signal processing techniques that enhance pixel response
times and contrast ratios. |
Future Developments
We have continued to expand our technology portfolio through internal developments, acquisitions,
co-developments with business partners, and through the licensing and selling of joint reference
designs. In the future, we plan to introduce co-processor products that improve the
performance of pixel processing and video quality that will enable us to provide electronic
solutions for our customers not only for the entire signal path of an advanced display, but also at
various points in the signal path, to optimize display performance in markets and applications
demanding higher resolutions, faster speeds and larger screen sizes.
A key focus of our research and development efforts is our Motion Engine technology which is being
developed for the advanced television, multimedia projector and LCD panel markets. Motion Engine
technology is designed to eliminate motion artifacts, often referred to as judder, on advanced
displays by taking advantage of the higher refresh rates of digital displays. Most digital display
technologies refresh 60 times per second, and newer generations are refreshing twice as quickly at
120 times per second, whereas most content only refreshes 30 times per second or less. This
disparity in refresh rates results in an image that appears to skip when the content is showing
scenes depicting motion. Our Motion Engine video algorithm will use proprietary techniques to
synchronize the content to the displays refresh rate for dramatic reduction in motion-related
artifacts. Our goal is to introduce this product as a co-processor IC in 2007.
Customers, Sales and Marketing
We have achieved design wins with global leaders in the business computing and consumer electronics
markets. The key elements of our sales and marketing strategy are to achieve design wins with
industry leading branded manufacturers in targeted markets and to continue building strong
customer-supplier relationships. Once a design win has been achieved, sales and marketing efforts
are focused on building long-term mutually beneficial business relationships with our customers by
providing superior technology and reducing their costs, which complements our customers product
development
13
objectives and meets their expectations for price-performance and time to market.
Marketing efforts are focused on building market-leading brand awareness and preference for our
semiconductors.
Our global distribution channel is multi-tiered and involves:
|
|
|
Distributors. Distributors are resellers in local markets who provide engineering
support and stock our semiconductors in direct relation to specific manufacturing customer
orders. Our distributors often have valuable and established relationships with our end
customers, and in certain countries it is customary to sell to distributors. While
distributor payment to us is not dependent upon the distributors ability to resell the
product or to collect from the end customer, our distributors may provide longer payment
terms to end customers than those we would offer. Sales to distributors accounted for
52%, 46% and 69% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively. |
|
|
|
|
Our largest distributor, Tokyo Electron Device, or TED, is located in Japan. TED
represented 26%, 22% and 31% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and,
2004, respectively, and accounted for 23% and 16% of accounts receivable at December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively. No other distributor accounted for more than 10% of total
revenue during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. |
|
|
|
|
We also have distributor relationships in China and Europe. |
|
|
|
|
Direct Relationships. We have established direct relationships with companies that
manufacture advanced display systems. Some of our direct relationships are supported by
manufacturers representatives, which are independent sales agents that represent us in
local markets and provide engineering support but do not carry inventory. Revenue through
direct relationships accounted for 48%, 54% and 31% of total revenue for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. |
|
|
|
|
During 2006, we sold product directly to Seiko Epson Corporation who accounted for 15% of
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006. Revenue attributable to Seiko Epson
Corporation was 10% and 8% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004,
respectively. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue during the
years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. |
|
|
|
|
We have identified three classifications of direct relationships as follows: |
|
o |
|
Integrators. Integrators are OEM customers who build display devices
based on specifications provided by branded manufacturers. |
|
|
o |
|
Branded Manufacturers. Branded manufacturers are globally recognized
manufacturers who develop display device specifications, and manufacture, market
and distribute display devices either directly or through resellers to end-users. |
|
|
o |
|
Branded Suppliers. Branded suppliers are globally recognized
suppliers who develop display device specifications and then source them from
integrators, typically in Asia, and distribute them either directly or through
resellers to end-users. |
Our sales and marketing team included 110 employees as of December 31, 2006. The sales and
marketing team includes 71 field application engineers who provide technical expertise and
assistance
14
to manufacturing customers on final product development. We have sales, marketing and
support personnel in the U.S., China, Taiwan, Japan and Korea.
Seasonality
Historically, our sales have been higher in the second half of the year primarily due to holiday
demand for consumer electronics, including advanced televisions and flat panel monitors.
Additionally, the multimedia projector market is subject to seasonality with higher shipments
typically occurring in the fourth quarter.
Geographic Concerns
Sales outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 96%, 96% and 99% of our total revenue in 2006,
2005 and 2004, respectively.
Our global operations subject us to risks and difficulties associated with doing business outside
the U.S. These risks include foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, political and economic
instability, reduced or limited protection of our intellectual property and increased transaction
costs. Our global operations also increase the complexity of our relationships with our
distributors and manufacturers due to varying time zones, languages and business customs.
Financial information regarding our domestic and foreign operations is presented in Note 11 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and
Supplementary Data.
Backlog
Our sales are made pursuant to customer purchase orders for delivery of standard products. The
volume of product actually purchased by our customers, as well as shipment schedules, are subject
to frequent revisions that reflect changes in both the customers needs and product availability.
Our entire order backlog is cancelable, with a portion subject to cancellation fees. In light of
industry practice and our own experience, we do not believe that backlog as of any particular date
is indicative of future results.
Research and Development
Our internal research and development efforts are focused on the development of our semiconductors
for the advanced television, multimedia projector, and LCD panel markets. Our development efforts
are focused on pursuing higher levels of video and pixel performance, integration and new features
in order to improve our SoC semiconductors and ICs to provide our customers with
electronic solutions, including software, service and support that enable them to introduce market
leading products. These products are designed to reduce components on circuit boards and help
lower final systems costs for our customers.
In addition to our 71 field application engineers, on December 31, 2006, we had 254 engineers,
technologists and scientists who are organized into the following functional groups: Integrated
Circuit Design, Software Engineering, Video and Image Processing Engineering, Display Interface
Engineering, Systems Engineering and Product and Test Engineering.
We have invested, and expect to continue to invest, significant resources in research and
development activities. Our research and development expenses were $57 million, $52 million and
$33 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
15
Manufacturing
Our products require advanced semiconductor processing and packaging technologies. Within the
semiconductor industry we are known as a fabless company, meaning that we do not manufacture the
semiconductors that we design and develop, but instead rely on third parties to manufacture our
products. We have IC foundry relationships with Infineon, Semiconductor Manufacturing
International Corporation, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Corporation, and Toshiba. This
approach allows us to concentrate our resources on product design and
development where we believe we have greater competitive advantages. However, as the estimated
time for us to adapt a products design to a particular contract manufacturers process is at least
four months, there is no readily available alternate supply for any specific product.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of nondisclosure agreements and copyright, trademark and trade secret laws
to protect the algorithms, design and architecture of our SoC technology. Currently, we hold 60
patents and have 92 patent applications pending, which relate generally to improvements in the
visual display of digital image data including, but not limited to, improvements in image scaling,
image correction, automatic image optimization and video signal processing for digital displays.
Our U.S. and foreign patents are generally enforceable for 20 years from the date they were filed.
Accordingly, our issued patents have from approximately 5 to 19 years remaining in their respective
term, depending on their filing date.
We intend to seek patent protection for other significant technologies that we have already
developed and expect to seek patent protection for future products and technologies as necessary.
Any future patents may not be granted and if granted, may be invalidated, circumvented, challenged
or licensed to others.
To supplement the technologies we develop internally, we have licensed rights to use intellectual
property (IP) held by third parties, and we may license additional technology rights in the
future. If any of these agreements terminate, we would be required to exclude the licensed
technology from our existing and future product lines.
The semiconductor industry is characterized by frequent litigation regarding patent and other IP
rights. We have indemnification obligations with respect to the infringement of third party IP
rights. There is no IP litigation currently pending against us. However, we may, from time to
time, receive notification of claims that we may be infringing patents or other intellectual
property rights owned by third parties. If it is necessary or desirable, we may seek licenses
under those patents or IP rights. However, we cannot be sure that licenses will be offered or that
the terms of any offered licenses would be acceptable to us.
Competition
In general, the market for semiconductors is intensely competitive. Our market is characterized by
rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, compressed product life cycles and
declining average selling prices. We believe the principal factors impacting competition in our
markets are levels of product integration, functional versatility provided by software, compliance
with industry standards, time to market, cost, product performance, system design costs, IP,
customer relationships and reputation.
16
Our current products face competition from specialized display controller developers and in-house
display controller ICs designed by our customers and potential customers. Additionally, new
alternative display processing technologies and industry standards may emerge that directly compete
with technologies that we offer.
We compete with specialized and diversified electronics and semiconductor companies that offer
display processors or scaling components. Some of these include ATI, Broadcom, Genesis Microchip,
I-Chips, ITE, JEPICO Corp., Macronix, Mediatek, Media Reality Technologies, Micronas, MStar
Semiconductor, Inc., Realtek, Renesas Technology, Sigma Designs, Silicon
Image, Silicon Optix, STMicroelectronics, Sunplus Technology, Techwell, Topro, Trident, Trumpion,
Weltrend, Zoran and other companies. Potential competitors may include diversified semiconductor
manufacturers and the semiconductor divisions or affiliates of some of our customers, including
Intel, NXP Semiconductor, LG Electronics, Matsushita Electric Industrial, Mitsubishi, National
Semiconductor, NEC, nVidia, Samsung Electronics, Sanyo Electric Company, Sharp Corporation, Sony
Corporation, Texas Instruments and Toshiba Corporation. In addition, start-up companies may seek
to compete in our markets.
Environmental Matters
We are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations. In recent years, various federal,
state and international governments have enacted laws and regulations governing the collection,
treatment, recycling and disposal of certain materials used in the manufacturing of electrical and
electronic components. For example, the European Parliament has finalized the Restriction on Use of
Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS Directive, which restricts the sale of new electrical and
electronic equipment containing certain hazardous substances, including lead. The European
Parliament has also recently finalized the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, or
WEEE Directive, which makes producers of electrical and electronic equipment financially
responsible for specified collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of past and future covered
products. We have worked and continue to work internally, with our suppliers and with our customers
to ensure that products we put on the market are compliant with the RoHS and WEEE Directives.
Failure to comply with such legislation could result in our customers refusing to purchase our
products and subject us to significant monetary penalties in connection with a violation.
Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more
stringent over time. We have incurred, and may continue to incur, significant expenditures to
comply with these laws and regulations and we may incur additional capital expenditures and asset
impairments to ensure that our products and our vendors products are in compliance with these
regulations. We would be subject to significant penalties for failure to comply with these laws and
regulations.
Employees
As of December 31, 2006, we had a total of 449 employees comprised of (a) 254 in engineering, (b)
110 in sales and marketing, of which 71 are field application engineers and 39 are sales and
marketing staff, (c) 25 in operations, and (d) 60 in administration, including finance, information
technology, human resources and general administration. Of these employees, 123 are in the United
States. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement, nor have we
experienced any work stoppage. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good. Our
future success will depend in large part on our ability to continue to attract, retain, and
motivate highly skilled and qualified personnel.
17
Available Information
We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended
(the Exchange Act). You can inspect and copy our reports, proxy statements and other information
filed with the SEC at the SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE in Washington, D.C.
20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the
Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov
where you can obtain most of our SEC filings as well as other information. In addition, you can
inspect our reports, proxy materials and other information at the offices of The Nasdaq Stock
Market, Inc. at 1735 K Street NW, Washington D.C. 20006. We also make available free of charge
through a link on our website at www.pixelworks.com our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or
furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable
after they are filed electronically with the SEC.
18
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
Investing in our shares of common stock involves a high degree of risk. If any of the following
risks occur, the market price of our shares of common stock could decline and investors could lose
all or part of their investment.
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Risks Related to Our Operations
We may not be able to gain market acceptance of our co-processor strategy sufficient or timely
enough to grow revenue and margin dollars in support of turning the Company to profitability in a
timely manner.
In January 2007, we presented an overview of changes we are making to the strategic direction and
business model for the company. We have assessed the Companys capabilities and core strengths and
determined that in order for us to be successful, we need to focus on our core competencies which
are 1) delivering the highest levels of video and image quality for the flat panel display markets
and 2) providing industry leading system and chip solutions for our projector customers.
Core to our strategy of driving to higher video and pixel processing performance is that we believe
there is an inflection point emerging with the next generation displays coming on line later this
year and in 2008. Some of the display industry trends on the horizon are that liquid crystal
display (LCD) panels will be migrating from 60hz to 120hz; LCD panels are continuing to move to
higher resolutions such as true 1080p; and larger displays measuring 50 and 60 inches are moving
into the mainstream over the next 24 months.
There can be no assurances that our change in strategy will result in market acceptance adequate
enough to grow revenue and margin dollars sufficient enough to return the Company to profitability
in a timely manner.
We may not be able to implement our 2006 restructuring plans in a timely manner, or at all, and
even if we do, the plan may not result in the anticipated benefits and we may need to initiate
additional restructuring efforts in the future.
Phase one of our restructuring plan, announced in April 2006, was designed to improve our breakeven
point by reducing manufacturing overhead and operating expenses and focused on our core business in
advanced televisions. This plan involved integrating the Internet Protocol Television (IPTV)
technology we acquired from Equator Technologies, Inc. (Equator) with our advanced television
technology product developments and resulted in lower compensation expense, consolidated office
space, and reduced discretionary spending.
The second phase was announced in November 2006 and is designed to further reduce operating
expenses. This plan includes additional consolidation of our North American operations in order to
achieve reduced compensation and rent expenses, while at the same time, making critical
infrastructure investments in people, process and information systems to improve our operations.
The plans may take longer to implement than we expect, which could impact the timing and amount of
anticipated benefits. In addition, unforeseen circumstances may result in our not being able to
obtain the full benefits of the restructuring plans, or our assumptions about the benefits of
the plans may prove incorrect or inaccurate, leading to a reduced benefit. Finally, we cannot
assure you that future
19
restructuring efforts will not be necessary, and whether the expected
benefits from any future restructuring efforts will be attained.
We have expended a substantial amount of our resources on the acquisition of Equator and we may not
realize a significant return on our investment.
We acquired Equator in June 2005 for an aggregate purchase price of $118,116 and recorded, among
other assets, $57,521 in goodwill, $36,800 in acquired developed technology and $4,200 in other
acquired intangible assets. The acquisition of Equator required a substantial investment on our
part. Equators product offerings and technological developments related to IPTV set-top boxes,
digital media appliances, videoconferencing devices and security devices. These are emerging
technologies and the markets they serve are developing and largely untested. We did not have
direct experience in developing and selling products into these markets.
Our April 2006 restructuring plan included integrating the technology that we acquired from Equator
with our advanced television technology developments. We are no longer pursuing stand-alone
digital media streaming devices markets that are not core to advanced television. As a result, we
will not be able to retain certain customers of Equator and will realize decreasing revenues
related to the digital media streaming devices market over time as we exit this portion of our
business. In addition, we have lost employees who have knowledge and understanding of the Equator
technology and the digital media streaming devices market. Currently, only a few of the Equator
employees remain employed by us.
During the first half of 2006, we recorded impairment losses on goodwill and intangible assets
acquired from Equator. Only $7,925 of the developed technology and $523 of the customer
relationships intangible assets acquired from Equator remain on our consolidated balance sheet as
of December 31, 2006.
All of these factors may make it more difficult to integrate the Equator technology with our own
and increase the risk that we will not realize any significant return on our investment.
We have incurred substantial indebtedness as a result of the sale of convertible debentures.
As of December 31, 2006, we have
$140,000 of 1.75% convertible debentures outstanding. These debt
obligations are due in 2024, although the holders of debentures have the right to require us to
purchase all or a portion of their debentures on May 15, 2011, May 15, 2014 and
May 15, 2019.
Additionally, one of the covenants of our debenture agreement can be interpreted such that if we
are late with any of our required filings under the Securities Act of 1934, as amended (1934
Act), and if we fail to effect a cure within 60 days, the holders of the debentures
can put the debentures back to the Company,
whereby the debentures become immediately due and payable. As a result of our
restructuring efforts, the Company has fewer employees to perform the day-to-day controls,
processes and activities and additionally, certain functions have been transferred to new employees
who are not as familiar with procedures, which increases the risk that we will be unable to make
timely filings in accordance with the 1934 Act.
These debentures could materially and adversely affect our ability to obtain additional debt
financing for working capital, acquisitions or other purposes, limit our flexibility in planning
for or reacting to changes in our business, reduce funds available for use in our operations and
could make us more vulnerable to industry downturns and competitive pressures. We expect holders
of the debentures to require us to purchase our outstanding debentures on May 15, 2011, the
earliest
date allowed by the terms of debentures. Our ability to meet our debt service obligations will be
dependent upon our future performance, which will be subject to financial, business and other
factors affecting our operations, some of which are beyond our control.
20
Because of the complex nature of our semiconductor designs and associated manufacturing processes
and the rapid evolution of our customers product designs, we may not be able to develop new
products or product enhancements in a timely manner, which could decrease customer demand for our
products and reduce our revenues.
The development of our semiconductors, some of which incorporate mixed analog and digital signal
processing, is highly complex. These complexities require us to employ advanced designs and
manufacturing processes that are unproven. We have experienced increased development time and
delays in introducing new products that resulted in significantly less revenue than originally
expected for those products. We will not always succeed in developing new products or product
enhancements nor will we always do so in a timely manner. Acquisitions have significantly added to
the complexity of our product development efforts. We must now coordinate very complex product
development programs between multiple geographically dispersed locations. Restructuring plans have
also significantly impacted our product development efforts. We may not be successful in timely
delivery of new products with a reduced number of employees or with newer inexperienced employees.
Many of our designs involve the development of new high-speed analog circuits that are difficult to
simulate and that require physical prototypes not required by the primarily digital circuits we
currently design. The result can be longer and less predictable development cycles.
Successful development and timely introduction of new or enhanced products depends on a number of
other factors, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
accurate prediction of customer requirements and evolving industry standards, including
video decoding, digital interface and content piracy protection standards; |
|
|
|
|
development of advanced display technologies and capabilities; |
|
|
|
|
timely completion and introduction of new product designs; |
|
|
|
|
use of advanced foundry processes and achievement of high manufacturing yields; and |
|
|
|
|
market acceptance of new products. |
If we are not able to successfully develop and introduce products in a timely manner, our business
and results of operations will be adversely affected.
If we do not achieve additional design wins in the future, our ability to grow will be seriously
limited.
Our future success depends on developers of advanced display products designing our products into
their systems. To achieve design wins, we must define and deliver cost-effective, innovative and
integrated semiconductors. Once a suppliers products have been designed into a system, the
developer may be reluctant to change its source of components due to the significant costs
associated with qualifying a new supplier. Accordingly, the failure on our part to obtain
additional design wins with leading branded manufacturers or integrators, and to successfully
design, develop and introduce new products and product enhancements could harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Achieving a design win does not necessarily mean that a developer will order large volumes of our
products. A design win is not a binding commitment by a developer to purchase our products.
Rather, it is a decision by a developer to use our products in the design process of that
developers products. Developers can choose at any time to discontinue using our products in their
designs or product development efforts. If our products are chosen to be incorporated into a
developers products, we may
21
still not realize significant revenues from that developer if that
developers products are not commercially successful or if that developer chooses to qualify a
second source.
Because of our long product development process and sales cycles, we may incur substantial costs
before we earn associated revenues and may not ultimately sell as many units of our products as we
originally anticipated.
We develop products based on anticipated market and customer requirements and incur substantial
product development expenditures, which can include the payment of large up-front, third-party
license fees and royalties, prior to generating associated revenues. Our work under these projects
is technically challenging and places considerable demands on our limited resources, particularly
on our most senior engineering talent.
Because the development of our products incorporates not only our complex and evolving technology,
but also our customers specific requirements, a lengthy sales process is often required before
potential customers begin the technical evaluation of our products. Our customers typically
perform numerous tests and extensively evaluate our products before incorporating them into their
systems. The time required for testing, evaluation and design of our products into a customers
system can take up to nine months or more. It can take an additional nine months before a customer
commences volume shipments of systems that incorporate our products. We cannot assure that the
time required for the testing, evaluation and design of our products by our customers would not
exceed nine months.
Because of this lengthy development cycle, we will experience delays between the time we incur
expenditures for research and development, sales and marketing, and inventory and the time we
generate revenues, if any, from these expenditures. Additionally, if actual sales volumes for a
particular product are substantially less than originally anticipated, we may experience large
write-offs of capitalized license fees, product masks or other capitalized or deferred
product-related costs that would negatively affect our operating results.
These factors could have a material and adverse effect on our long-term business and results of
operations.
The year ended December 31, 2004 was our only year of profitability since inception and we may be
unable to achieve profitability in future periods.
The year ended December 31, 2004 was our first and only year of profitability since inception,
during which we generated net income of $21,781. Since then, we have incurred a net loss of
$204,178 and $42,610 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, and our
accumulated deficit through December 31, 2006 is $306,376. In April 2006, we initiated a
restructuring plan to improve our breakeven point by reducing manufacturing overhead and operating
expenses and focusing on our core business. In November 2006, we initiated an additional
restructuring plan to further reduce operating expenses. We cannot be certain these plans will be
successful or that we will achieve profitability in the future or, if we do, that we can sustain or
increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. In addition, if we are not profitable in
the future, we may be unable to continue our operations.
Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results make it difficult to predict our future performance
and may result in volatility in the market price of our common stock.
Our quarterly operating results have varied from quarter to quarter and are likely to vary in the
future based on a number of factors related to our industry and the markets for our products that
are difficult or impossible to predict. Some of these factors are not in our control and any of
them may cause our
22
quarterly operating results or the price of our common stock to fluctuate.
These factors include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
demand for multimedia projectors, advanced televisions, and LCD panel products; |
|
|
|
|
demand and timing of orders for our products; |
|
|
|
|
the deferral of customer orders in anticipation of new products or product enhancements
from us or our competitors or due to a reduction in our end customers demand; |
|
|
|
|
the loss of one or more of our key distributors or customers or a reduction, delay or
cancellation of orders from one or more of these parties; |
|
|
|
|
changes in the available production capacity at the semiconductor fabrication foundries
that manufacture our products and changes in the costs of manufacturing; |
|
|
|
|
our ability to provide adequate supplies of our products to customers and avoid excess
inventory; |
|
|
|
|
the announcement or introduction of products and technologies by our competitors; |
|
|
|
|
changes in product mix, product costs or pricing, or distribution channels; and |
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions and economic conditions specific to the advanced display
and semiconductor markets. |
Fluctuations in our quarterly results could adversely affect the price of our common stock in a
manner unrelated to our long-term operating performance. Because our operating results are
volatile and difficult to predict, you should not rely on the results of one quarter as an
indication of our future performance. Additionally, it is possible that in some future quarter our
operating results will fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. In this
event, the price of our common stock may decline significantly.
Our products are characterized by average selling prices that decline over relatively short periods
of time, which will negatively affect financial results unless we are able to reduce our product
costs or introduce new products with higher average selling prices.
Average selling prices for our products decline over relatively short periods of time, while many
of our product costs are fixed. When our average selling prices decline, our gross profit declines
unless we are able to sell more units or reduce the cost to manufacture our products. Our
operating results are negatively affected when revenue or gross profit declines. We have
experienced declines in our average selling prices and expect that we will continue to experience
them in the future, although we cannot predict when they may occur or how severe they will be.
Changes in stock-based compensation accounting rules have adversely impacted our operating results
and may adversely impact our stock price.
On January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123R, Shared-Based
Payments (SFAS 123R), which requires all share-based payments, including grants of stock options,
to be accounted for at fair value and expensed over the service period for financial reporting
purposes. As a result, our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2006
contain, and our operating results for future periods will contain, a charge for share-based
compensation related to stock options and shares issued under our employee stock purchase plan
(ESPP). The adoption of SFAS 123R had a significant impact on our operating results for the year
ended December 31, 2006, with stock-based compensation expense of $9,556. We expect SFAS 123R will
continue to have a significant adverse impact on our operating results in the future. We cannot
predict the effect that this adverse impact on our reported operating results will have on the
trading price of our common stock.
23
Failure to manage any expansion efforts effectively could adversely affect our business and results
of operations.
Our ability to successfully market and sell our products in a rapidly evolving market requires
effective planning and management processes. We continue to attempt to increase the scope of our
operations. Our past growth, and our expected future growth, places a significant strain on our
management systems and resources including our financial and managerial controls, reporting systems
and procedures. To manage any expansion efforts effectively, we must implement and improve
operational and financial systems, train and manage our employee base and attract and retain
qualified personnel with relevant experience. We must also manage multiple relationships with
customers, business partners, contract manufacturers, suppliers and other third parties. We could
spend substantial amounts of time and money in connection with expansion efforts and may incur
unexpected costs. Our systems, procedures or controls may not be adequate to support our
operations and we may not be able to expand quickly enough to exploit potential market
opportunities. If we do not manage expansion efforts effectively our operating expenses could
increase more rapidly than our revenue, adversely affecting our financial condition and results of
operations.
We may be unable to successfully integrate any future acquisition or equity investment we make,
which could disrupt our business and severely harm our financial condition.
We may not be able to successfully integrate businesses, products, technologies or personnel of any
entity that we might acquire in the future, and any failure to do so could disrupt our business and
seriously harm our financial condition. In addition, if we acquire any company with weak internal
controls, it will take time to get the acquired company up to the same level of operating
effectiveness as Pixelworks and to implement adequate internal control, management, financial and
operating reporting systems. Our inability to address these risks could negatively affect our
operating results.
To date, we have acquired Panstera in January 2001, nDSP in January 2002, Jaldi in September 2002
and Equator in June 2005. In March 2003, we announced the execution of a definitive merger
agreement with Genesis Microchip, Inc.; however, the merger was terminated in August 2003, and we
incurred $8,949 of expenses related to the transaction. In the third quarter of 2003, we made an
investment of $10,000 in Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation (SMIC). We intend
to continue to consider investments in or acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or
technologies.
The acquisitions of Equator, Panstera, nDSP and Jaldi contained a very high level of risk primarily
because the investments were made based on in-process technological development that may not have
been completed, or if completed, may not have become commercially viable.
These and any future acquisitions and investments could result in:
|
|
|
issuance of stock that dilutes current shareholders percentage ownership; |
|
|
|
|
incurrence of debt; |
|
|
|
|
assumption of liabilities; |
|
|
|
|
amortization expenses related to acquired intangible assets; |
|
|
|
|
impairment of goodwill; |
|
|
|
|
large and immediate write-offs; or |
|
|
|
|
decreases in cash that could otherwise serve as working capital. |
Our operation of any acquired business will also involve numerous risks, including, but not limited
to:
24
|
|
|
problems combining the acquired operations, technologies or products; |
|
|
|
|
unanticipated costs; |
|
|
|
|
diversion of managements attention from our core business; |
|
|
|
|
adverse effects on existing business relationships with customers; |
|
|
|
|
risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience;
and |
|
|
|
|
potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired organizations. |
We may not be able to respond to the rapid technological changes in the markets in which we
compete, or seek to compete, or we may not be able to comply with industry standards in the future,
making our products less desirable or obsolete.
The markets in which we compete or seek to compete are subject to rapid technological change,
frequent new product introductions, changing customer requirements for new products and features,
and evolving industry standards. The introduction of new technologies and emergence of new
industry standards could render our products less desirable or obsolete, which could harm our
business. Examples of changing industry standards include the introduction of high-definition
television (HDTV), which includes the ATSC format in the United States, DVB format in Europe and
ARIB in Japan, new video decoding technology, such as H.264 or Windows Media 9, new digital
receivers and displays with resolutions that have required us to accelerate development of new
products to meet these new standards.
Because we do not have long-term commitments from our customers and plan purchases based on
estimates of customer demand which may be inaccurate, we must contract for the manufacture of our
products based on those potentially inaccurate estimates.
Our sales are made on the basis of purchase orders rather than long-term purchase commitments. Our
customers may cancel or defer purchase orders at any time. This process requires us to make
numerous forecast assumptions concerning demand, each of which may introduce error into our
estimates. If our customers or we overestimate demand, we may purchase components or have products
manufactured that we may not be able to use or sell. As a result, we would have excess inventory,
which would negatively affect our operating results. For example, during 2005 and 2006 we
overestimated demand for certain inventory which lead to relatively significant charges for
obsolete inventory in 2006. Conversely, if our customers or we underestimate demand or if
insufficient manufacturing capacity is available, we would forego revenue opportunities, lose
market share and damage our customer relationships.
Our dependence on selling to distributors and integrators increases the complexity of managing our
supply chain and may result in excess inventory or inventory shortages.
Selling to distributors and integrators reduces our ability to forecast sales and increases the
complexity of our business. Since our distributors act as intermediaries between us and the
companies using our products, we must rely on our distributors to accurately report inventory
levels and production forecasts. Some of our products are sold to integrators, who then integrate
our semiconductors into a system that is then sold to an original equipment manufacturer or OEM.
This adds another layer between us and the ultimate source of demand for our products, the
consumer. These arrangements require us to manage a more complex supply chain and monitor the
financial condition and creditworthiness of our distributors, integrators and customers. Our
failure to manage one or more of these challenges could result in excess inventory or shortages
that could seriously impact our operating results or limit the ability of companies using our
semiconductors to deliver their products.
25
Integration of software in our products adds complexity and cost that may affect our ability to
achieve design wins and may affect our profitability.
Our products incorporate software and software development tools. The integration of software adds
complexity, may extend our internal development programs and could impact our customers
development schedules. This complexity requires increased coordination between hardware and
software development schedules and may increase our operating expenses without a corresponding
increase in product revenue. This additional level of complexity lengthens the sales cycle and may
result in customers selecting competitive products requiring less software integration.
Our software development tools may be incompatible with industry standards and challenging to
implement, which could slow product development or cause us to lose customers and design wins.
Our existing products incorporate complex software tools designed to help customers bring products
into production. Software development is a complex process and we are dependent on software
development languages and operating systems from vendors that may compromise our ability to design
software in a timely manner. Also, software development is a volatile market and new software
languages are introduced to the market that may be incompatible with our existing systems and
tools. New software development languages may not be compatible with our own, requiring
significant engineering efforts to migrate our existing systems in order to be compatible with
those new languages. Existing or new software development tools could make our current products
obsolete or hard to use. Software development disruptions could slow our product development or
cause us to lose customers and design wins.
Our products could become obsolete if necessary licenses of third-party technology are not
available to us or are only available on terms that are not commercially viable.
We license technology from third parties that is incorporated into our products or product
enhancements. Future products or product enhancements may require additional third-party licenses
that may not be available to us or may not be available on terms that are commercially reasonable.
If we are unable to obtain any third-party license required to develop new products and product
enhancements, we may have to obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards
or at greater cost, either of which could seriously harm the competitiveness of our products. We
currently have access to certain key technology, owned by independent third parties, through
license agreements. In the event of a change in control at the licensor, it may become difficult
to attain access to such licensed technology.
Our limited ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights could harm our
competitive position by allowing our competitors to access our proprietary technology and to
introduce similar products.
Our ability to compete effectively with other companies will depend, in part, on our ability to
maintain the proprietary nature of our technology, including our semiconductor designs and
software. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well
as nondisclosure agreements and other methods, to help protect our proprietary technologies. As of
December 31, 2006, we hold 60 patents and had 92 patent applications pending for protection of our
significant technologies. Competitors in both the U.S. and foreign countries, many of whom have
substantially greater resources, may apply for and obtain patents that will prevent, limit or
interfere with our ability to make and sell our products, or develop similar technology
independently or design around our patents. Effective copyright, trademark and trade secret
protection may be unavailable or limited in foreign countries. In addition, we provide the
computer programming code for our software to selected customers in connection with their product
26
development efforts, thereby increasing the risk that customers will misappropriate our proprietary
software.
We cannot assure you that the degree of protection offered by patents or trade secret laws will be
sufficient. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any patents will be issued as a result of any
pending applications, or that, if issued, any claims allowed will be sufficiently broad to protect
our technology. In addition, it is possible that existing or future patents may be challenged,
invalidated or circumvented.
Others may bring infringement actions against us that could be time consuming and expensive to
defend.
We may become subject to claims involving patents or other intellectual property rights.
Intellectual property claims could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate
our proprietary rights. In addition, intellectual property claims may be brought against customers
that incorporate our products in the design of their own products. These claims, regardless of
their success or merit and regardless of whether we are named as defendants in a lawsuit, would
likely be time consuming and expensive to resolve and would divert the time and attention of
management and technical personnel. Any future intellectual property litigation or claims also
could force us to do one or more of the following:
|
|
|
stop selling products using technology that contains the allegedly infringing
intellectual property; |
|
|
|
|
attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property, which may not be
available on reasonable terms or at all; |
|
|
|
|
attempt to redesign those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual
property; or |
|
|
|
|
pay damages for past infringement claims that are determined to be valid or which are
arrived at in settlement of such litigation or threatened litigation. |
If we are forced to take any of the foregoing actions, we may be unable to manufacture and sell our
products, which could seriously harm our business. In addition, we may not be able to develop,
license or acquire non-infringing technology under reasonable terms. These developments could
result in an inability to compete for customers or could adversely affect our results of
operations.
Our highly integrated products and high-speed mixed signal products are difficult to manufacture
without defects and the existence of defects could result in increased costs, delays in the
availability of our products, reduced sales of products or claims against us.
The manufacture of semiconductors is a complex process and it is often difficult for semiconductor
foundries to produce semiconductors free of defects. Because many of our products are more highly
integrated than other semiconductors and incorporate mixed analog and digital signal processing and
embedded memory technology, they are even more difficult to produce without defects. Despite
testing by both our customers and us, errors or performance problems may be found in existing or
new semiconductors and software.
The ability to manufacture products of acceptable quality depends on both product design and
manufacturing process technology. Since defective products can be caused by design or
manufacturing difficulties, identifying quality problems can occur only by analyzing and testing
our semiconductors in a system after they have been manufactured. The difficulty in identifying
defects is compounded because the process technology is unique to each of the multiple
semiconductor foundries we contract with to manufacture our products. Failure to achieve
defect-free products due to their increasing complexity may result in an increase in our costs and
delays in the availability of our products.
27
For example, we have experienced field failures of our semiconductors in certain customer system
applications that required us to institute additional testing. As a result of these field
failures, we incurred warranty costs due to customers returning potentially affected products. Our
customers have also experienced delays in receiving product shipments from us that resulted in the
loss of revenue and profits. Our customers could also seek damages from us for their losses. A
product liability claim brought against us, even if unsuccessful, would likely be time consuming
and costly to defend. Shipment of defective products may harm our reputation with customers, and
result in loss of market share or failure to achieve market acceptance.
Dependence on a limited number of sole-source, third-party manufacturers for our products exposes
us to shortages based on capacity allocation or low manufacturing yield, errors in manufacturing,
price increases with little notice, volatile inventory levels and delays in product delivery, which
could result in delays in satisfying customer demand, increased costs and loss of revenues.
We do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility and we do not have the resources to
manufacture our products internally. We contract with third-party foundries for wafer fabrication
and other manufacturers for assembly and testing of our products. Our requirements represent only
a small portion of the total production capacity of our contract manufacturers, who have in the
past re-allocated capacity to other customers even during periods of high demand for our products.
We expect this may occur again in the future. We have limited control over delivery schedules,
quality assurance, manufacturing yields, potential errors in manufacturing and production costs.
We do not have long-term supply contracts with our third-party manufacturers so they are not
obligated to supply us with products for any specific period of time, quantity or price, except as
may be provided in a particular purchase order. From time to time, our contract manufacturers
increase prices charged to produce our products with little notice.
If we are unable to obtain our products from our contract manufacturers on schedule, our ability to
satisfy customer demand will be harmed, and revenue from the sale of products may be lost or
delayed. If orders for our products are cancelled, expected revenues would not be realized. In
addition, if the price charged by our contract manufacturers increases we will be required to
increase our prices, which could harm our competitiveness. For example, in the fourth quarter of
2005, one of our contract manufacturers experienced temporary manufacturing delays due to
unexpected manufacturing process problems, which caused delays in delivery of our products making
it difficult for us to satisfy our customer demand.
If we have to qualify a new contract manufacturer or foundry for any of our products, we may
experience delays that result in lost revenues and damaged customer relationships.
None of our products are fabricated by more than one supplier. Additionally, our products require
manufacturing with state-of-the-art fabrication equipment and techniques. Because the lead-time
needed to establish a relationship with a new contract manufacturer is at least nine months, and
the estimated time for us to adapt a products design to a particular contract manufacturers
process is at least four months, there is no readily available alternative supply source for any
specific product. This could cause significant delays in shipping products, which may result in
lost revenues and damaged customer relationships.
We are dependent on our foundries to implement complex semiconductor technologies, which could
adversely affect our operations if those technologies are unavailable, delayed or inefficiently
implemented.
In order to increase performance and functionality and reduce the size of our products, we are
continuously developing new products using advanced technologies that further miniaturize
28
semiconductors. However, we are dependent on our foundries to develop and provide access to the
advanced processes that enable such miniaturization. We cannot be certain that future advanced
manufacturing processes will be implemented without difficulties, delays or increased expenses.
Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected
if advanced manufacturing processes are unavailable to us, substantially delayed or inefficiently
implemented.
Manufacturers of our semiconductor products periodically discontinue manufacturing processes, which
could make our products unavailable from our current suppliers.
Semiconductor manufacturing technologies change rapidly and manufacturers typically discontinue
older manufacturing processes in favor of newer ones. Once a manufacturer makes the decision to
retire a manufacturing process, notice is generally given to its customers. Customers will then
either retire the affected part or develop a new version of the part that can be manufactured on
the newer process. In the event that a manufacturing process is discontinued, our products could
become unavailable from our current suppliers. Additionally, migrating to a new, more advanced
process requires significant expenditures for research and development. For example, we
discontinued an image processor product that was produced by one of our third-party foundries in
the third quarter of 2006. End of life orders were not sufficient to cover the production
requirements for our customers. Because the time required to restart the production line requires
a certain amount of lead time, we are currently in a backlog position for that particular product.
We expect to begin reshipping this product once again in the first quarter of 2007 and expect to
have the backlog fulfilled by the end of the second quarter of 2007.
A portion of our products use embedded DRAM technology and the required manufacturing processes
will only be available for a limited time. We also utilize 0.18um, 0.15um and 0.13um standard
logic processes, which may only be available for the next five to seven years. We have commitments
from our suppliers to notify us in the event a manufacturing process is to be discontinued in order
to assist us with product transitions.
We use a customer owned tooling, or COT, process for manufacturing many of our products which
exposes us to the possibility of poor yields and unacceptably high product costs.
We are building many of our products on a customer owned tooling basis, also known in the
semiconductor industry as COT, where we directly contract the manufacture of wafers and assume the
responsibility for the assembly and testing of our products. As a result, we are subject to
increased risks arising from wafer manufacturing yields and risks associated with coordination of
the manufacturing, assembly and testing process. Poor product yields would result in higher
product costs, which could make our products uncompetitive if we increased our prices or result in
low gross profit margins if we did not increase our prices.
Shortages of materials used in the manufacturing of our products may increase our costs or limit
our revenues and impair our ability to ship our products on time.
From time to time, shortages of materials that are used in our products may occur. In particular,
we may experience shortages of semiconductor wafers and packages. If material shortages occur, we
may incur additional costs or be unable to ship our products to our customers in a timely fashion,
both of which could harm our business and adversely affect our results of operations.
29
Shortages of other key components for our customers products could delay our ability to sell our
products.
Shortages of components and other materials that are critical to the design and manufacture of our
customers products could limit our sales. These components include LCD panels and other display
components, analog-to-digital converters, digital receivers and video decoders.
Our future success depends upon the continued services of key personnel, many of whom would be
difficult to replace and the loss of one or more of these employees could seriously harm our
business by delaying product development.
Our future success depends upon the continued services of our executive officers, key hardware and
software engineers, and sales, marketing and support personnel, many of whom would be difficult to
replace. The loss of one or more of these employees could seriously harm our business. In
addition, because of the highly technical nature of our business, the loss of key engineering
personnel could delay product introductions and significantly impair our ability to successfully
create future products. We believe our success depends, in large part, upon our ability to
identify, attract and retain qualified hardware and software engineers, and sales, marketing,
finance and managerial personnel. Competition for talented personnel is intense and we may not be
able to retain our key personnel or identify, attract or retain other highly qualified personnel in
the future. We have experienced, and may continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and
retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Currently, this risk has increased as the
Company goes through restructuring efforts to consolidate several of its North American operating
sites and transition key processes and technical expertise to its Shanghai, China design center.
For example, in the last six months we have been or are in the process of replacing certain
officers of the Company, i.e. the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Technology Officer, as we change the strategic direction of the Company and consolidate into a
smaller number of operating sites. In addition during 2006, we experienced difficulties in hiring
and retaining qualified engineers in our Shanghai design center. If we do not succeed in hiring
and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications, our product development efforts, revenues
and business could be seriously harmed.
Decreased effectiveness of share-based payment awards could adversely affect our ability to attract
and retain employees, officers and directors.
We have historically used stock options and other forms of share-based payment awards as key
components of our total compensation program in order to retain employees and directors and provide
competitive compensation and benefit packages. In accordance with SFAS 123R, we began recording
charges to earnings for share-based payments in the first quarter of 2006. As a result, we have
and will continue to incur increased compensation costs associated with our share-based programs
making it more expensive for us to grant share-based payment awards to employees, officers and
directors in the future. We continuously review our equity compensation strategy in light of
current regulatory and competitive environments and consider changes to the program as appropriate.
In addition, to the extent that SFAS 123R makes it more expensive to grant stock options or to
continue to have an ESPP, we may decide to incur cash compensation costs in the future. Actions
that we take to reduce stock-based compensation expense that might be more aggressive than actions
implemented by our competitors, could make it difficult to attract, retain and motivate employees,
which could adversely affect our competitive position as well as our business and results of
operations.
As a result of reviewing our equity compensation strategy, in 2006 we reduced the total number of
options granted to employees and the number of employees who receive share-based payment
awards. Additionally, in October 2006, our shareholders approved a stock option exchange program
whereby
30
eligible employees could elect to exchange eligible outstanding options for new options at
the then current market price of our common stock and at a rate of 4-to-1. Effective December 4,
2006, 184 employees surrendered 1,739,920 eligible options in exchange for 434,980 new stock
options. The new options have an exercise price of $2.49 per share, have a 7-year term and vest
over 18 months. While the goal of this program was to aid in the retention of key employees, it is
unknown what effect, if any, it will have on our ability to retain key employees.
Members of our Board of Directors and our five most highly compensated executive officers,
including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, were
not eligible to participate in the stock option exchange program. The fact that these individuals
could not participate in this program may make it difficult to retain them, since a majority of
their outstanding stock options have exercise prices greater than the current fair market value of
our common stock.
Additionally in February 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors has decided to
replace future stock option grants to executives in its entirety with the granting of restricted
shares, as allowed under the Companys 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, on a 4-to-1 basis. Accordingly,
we may have a more difficult time retaining key executives as a result of lower incentive-based
compensation pay designed to retain them.
A significant amount of our revenue comes from a limited number of customers and distributors. Any
decrease in revenues from, or loss of, any of these customers or distributors could significantly
reduce our total revenues.
We are, and will continue to be, dependent on a limited number of distributors and customers for a
substantial portion of our revenue. Sales to distributors represented 52%, 46% and 69% of total
revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Sales to Tokyo
Electron Device, or TED, our Japanese distributor, represented 26%, 22% and 31% for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Revenue attributable to our top five end customers
represented 39%, 34% and 33% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively. As a result of these distributor and end customer concentrations, any one of the
following factors could significantly impact our revenues:
|
|
|
a significant reduction, delay or cancellation of orders from one or more of our
distributors, branded manufacturers or integrators; or |
|
|
|
|
a decision by one or more significant end customers to select products manufactured by
a competitor, or its own internally developed semiconductor, for inclusion in future
product generations. |
The display manufacturing market is highly concentrated among relatively few large manufacturers.
We expect our operating results to continue to depend on revenues from a relatively small number of
customers.
The concentration of our accounts receivable with a limited number of customers exposes us to
increased credit risk and could harm our operating results and cash flows.
As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, we had four and three customers, respectively, that each
represented 10% or more of accounts receivable. The failure of any of these customers to pay these
balances or any other customer to pay their outstanding balance would result in an operating
expense and reduce our cash flows.
31
International sales account for almost all of our revenue, and if we do not successfully address
the risks associated with our international operations, our revenue could decrease.
Sales outside the U.S. accounted for approximately 96%, 96% and 99% of total revenue in 2006, 2005
and 2004, respectively. We anticipate that sales outside the U.S. will continue to account for a
substantial portion of our revenue in future periods. In addition, customers who incorporate our
products into their products sell a substantial portion outside of the U.S., and all of our
products are manufactured outside of the U.S. We are, therefore, subject to many international
risks, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
increased difficulties in managing international distributors and manufacturers of our
products and components due to varying time zones, languages and business customs; |
|
|
|
|
foreign currency exchange fluctuations such as the devaluation in the currencies of
Japan, Peoples Republic of China (PRC), Taiwan or Korea that could result in an
increase in our operating expenses and cost of procuring our semiconductors; |
|
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences; |
|
|
|
|
difficulties regarding timing and availability of export and import licenses, which
have limited our ability to freely move demonstration equipment and samples in and out of
Asia; |
|
|
|
|
political and economic instability, particularly in the PRC, Japan, Taiwan, or Korea; |
|
|
|
|
reduced or limited protection of our intellectual property, significant amounts of
which are contained in software, which is more prone to design piracy; |
|
|
|
|
increased transaction costs related to sales transactions conducted outside of the
U.S., such as charges to secure letters of credit for foreign receivables; |
|
|
|
|
increased risk of internal control weaknesses for key processes transferred to our
Asian operations; |
|
|
|
|
difficulties in maintaining sales representatives outside of the U.S. that are
knowledgeable about our industry and products; |
|
|
|
|
changes in the regulatory environment in the PRC, Japan, Taiwan, Korea or Turkey that
may significantly impact purchases of our products by our customers; |
|
|
|
|
outbreaks of SARS, bird flu or other pandemics in the PRC or other parts of Asia; and |
|
|
|
|
difficulties in collecting accounts receivable. |
Our growing presence and investment within the Peoples Republic of China subjects us to risks of
economic and political instability in the area, which could adversely impact our results of
operations.
A substantial and potentially increasing portion of our products are manufactured by foundries
located in the PRC and a large number of our customers are geographically concentrated in the PRC.
In addition, approximately 60% of our employees are located in this area and we have an investment
of $10,000 in SMIC, located in Shanghai, China. Disruptions from natural disasters, health
epidemics (including new outbreaks of SARS or bird flu) and political, social and economic
instability may affect the region, and would have a negative impact on our results of operations.
In addition, the economy of the PRC differs from the economies of many countries in respects such
as structure, government involvement, level of development, growth rate, capital reinvestment,
allocation of resources, self-sufficiency, rate of inflation and balance of payments position,
among others. In the past, the economy of the PRC has been primarily a planned economy subject to
state plans. Since the entry of the PRC into the World Trade Organization in 2002, the PRC
government
has been reforming its economic and political systems. These reforms have resulted in significant
economic growth and social change. We cannot be assured that the PRCs policies for economic
reforms will be consistent or effective. Our results of operations and financial position may be
harmed by changes in the PRCs political, economic or social conditions.
32
The concentration of our manufacturers and customers in the same geographic region increases our
risk that a natural disaster, labor strike or political unrest could disrupt our operations.
Most of our current manufacturers and customers are located in the PRC, Japan, Korea or Taiwan.
The risk of earthquakes in the Pacific Rim region is significant due to the proximity of major
earthquake fault lines in the area. Common consequences of earthquakes include power outages and
disruption and/or impairment of production capacity. Earthquakes, fire, flooding, power outages
and other natural disasters in the Pacific Rim region, or political unrest, labor strikes or work
stoppages in countries where our manufacturers and customers are located likely would result in the
disruption of our manufacturers and customers operations. Any disruption resulting from
extraordinary events could cause significant delays in shipments of our products until we are able
to shift our manufacturing from the affected contractor to another third-party vendor. There can
be no assurance that alternative capacity could be obtained on favorable terms, if at all.
In recent years, various federal, state, and international governments have enacted laws and
regulations governing the collection, treatment, recycling and disposal of certain materials used
in the manufacturing of electrical and electronic components. We have incurred, and may continue to
incur, significant expenditures to comply with these laws and regulations and we may incur
additional capital expenditures and asset impairments to ensure that our products and our vendors
products are in compliance with these regulations. In addition, we would be subject to significant
penalties for failure to comply with these laws and regulations.
We are subject to numerous environmental laws and regulations. Compliance with current or future
environmental laws and regulations could require us to incur substantial expenses which could harm
our business, financial condition and results of operation. For example, the European Parliament
has finalized the Restriction on Use of Hazardous Substances Directive, or RoHS Directive, which
restricts the sale of new electrical and electronic equipment containing certain hazardous
substances, including lead. The European Parliament has also recently finalized the Waste
Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, or WEEE Directive, which makes producers of
electrical and electronic equipment financially responsible for specified collection, recycling,
treatment and disposal of past and future covered products. We have worked and continue to work
internally, with our suppliers and with our customers to ensure that products we put on the market
after July 1, 2006 are compliant with the RoHS and WEEE Directives. Failure to comply with such
legislation could result in our customers refusing to purchase our products and subject us to
significant monetary penalties in connection with a violation, both of which could have a
materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These
environmental laws and regulations could become more stringent over time, imposing even greater
compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, which could
seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of operation. There can be no
assurance that violations of environmental laws or regulations will not occur in the future as a
result of our inability to obtain permits, human error, equipment failure or other causes. In
addition, as a result of migrating our products to be in compliance with these new laws we had to
reserve for and scrap excess leaded part inventory of approximately $3,760 in 2006.
Risks Related to Our Industry
Failure of consumer demand for advanced displays and other digital display technologies to increase
would impede our growth and adversely affect our business.
Our product development strategies anticipate that consumer demand for advanced televisions,
multimedia projectors, LCD panels, and other emerging display technologies will increase in the
future. The success of our products is dependent on increased demand for these display
technologies. The
33
potential size of the market for products incorporating these display
technologies and the timing of its development are uncertain and will depend upon a number of
factors, all of which are beyond our control. In order for the market in which we participate to
grow, advanced display products must be widely available and affordable to consumers. In the past,
the supply of advanced display products has been cyclical. We expect this pattern to continue.
Undercapacity in the advanced display market may limit our ability to increase our revenues because
our customers may limit their purchases of our products if they cannot obtain sufficient supplies
of LCD panels or other advanced display components. In addition, advanced display prices may
remain high because of limited supply, and consumer demand may not grow.
If products incorporating our semiconductors are not compatible with computer display protocols,
video standards and other devices, the market for our products will be reduced and our business
prospects could be significantly limited.
Our products are incorporated into our customers products, which have different parts and
specifications and utilize multiple protocols that allow them to be compatible with specific
computers, video standards and other devices. If our customers products are not compatible with
these protocols and standards, consumers will return these products, or consumers will not purchase
these products, and the markets for our customers products could be significantly reduced. As a
result, a portion of our market would be eliminated, and our business would be harmed.
Intense competition in our markets may reduce sales of our products, reduce our market share,
decrease our gross profit and result in large losses.
Rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, compressed product life cycles and
declining average selling prices are characteristics of our market and could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As the overall
price of advanced flat panel displays continues to fall, we may be required to offer our products
to manufacturers at discounted prices due to increased price competition. At the same time, new
alternative technologies and industry standards may emerge that directly compete with technologies
we offer. We may be required to increase our investment in research and development at the same
time that product prices are falling. In addition, even after making this investment, we cannot
assure you that our technologies will be superior to those of our competitors or that our products
will achieve market acceptance, whether for performance or price reasons. Failure to effectively
respond to these trends could reduce the demand for our products.
We compete with specialized and diversified electronics and semiconductor companies that offer
advanced display, digital TV and IPTV semiconductor products. Some of these include ATI, Broadcom,
Genesis Microchip, I-Chips, ITE, JEPICO Corp., NXP Semiconductor, Macronix, Mediatek, Media Reality
Technologies, Micronas, MStar Semiconductor, Inc., Realtek, Renesas Technology, Sigma Designs,
Silicon Image, Silicon Optix, STMicroelectronics, Sunplus Technology, Techwell, Topro, Trident,
Trumpion, Weltrend, Zoran and other companies. Potential competitors may include diversified
semiconductor manufacturers and the semiconductor divisions or affiliates of some of our customers,
including Intel, LG Electronics, Matsushita Electric Industrial, Mitsubishi, National
Semiconductor, NEC, nVidia, Samsung Electronics, Sanyo Electric
Company, Sharp Corporation, Sony Corporation, Texas Instruments and Toshiba Corporation. In
addition, start-up companies may seek to compete in our markets. Many of our competitors have
longer operating histories and greater resources to support development and marketing efforts.
Some of our competitors may operate their own fabrication facilities. These competitors may be
able to react more quickly and devote more resources to efforts that compete directly with our own.
In the future, our current or potential customers may also develop their own proprietary
technologies and become our competitors. Our competitors may develop advanced technologies
enabling them to offer more cost-effective and higher quality semiconductors to our customers than
those offered by us. Increased competition could harm our business, financial condition
34
and
results of operations by, for example, increasing pressure on our profit margin or causing us to
lose sales opportunities. We cannot assure you that we can compete successfully against current or
potential competitors.
The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry may lead to significant variances in the demand
for our products and could harm our operations.
In the past, the semiconductor industry has been characterized by significant downturns and wide
fluctuations in supply and demand. Also, during this time, the industry has experienced
significant fluctuations in anticipation of changes in general economic conditions, including
economic conditions in Asia and North America. The cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry
has led to significant variances in product demand and production capacity. We may experience
periodic fluctuations in our future financial results because of changes in industry-wide
conditions.
Other Risks
The anti-takeover provisions of Oregon law and in our articles of incorporation could adversely
affect the rights of the holders of our common stock by preventing a sale or takeover of us at a
price or prices favorable to the holders of our common stock.
Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws and provisions of Oregon law may have the
effect of delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition of us, making a merger or acquisition of
us less desirable to a potential acquirer or preventing a change in our management, even if the
shareholders consider the merger or acquisition favorable or if doing so would benefit our
shareholders. In addition, these provisions could limit the price that investors would be willing
to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. The following are examples of such provisions
in our articles of incorporation or bylaws:
|
|
|
our board of directors is authorized, without prior shareholder approval, to change the
size of the board. Our articles of incorporation provide that if the board is increased
to eight or more members, the board will be divided into three classes serving staggered
terms, which would make it more difficult for a group of shareholders to quickly change
the composition of our board; |
|
|
|
|
our board of directors is authorized, without prior shareholder approval, to create and
issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the
success of any attempt to acquire us or change our control, commonly referred to as blank
check preferred stock; |
|
|
|
|
members of our board of directors can only be removed for cause; |
|
|
|
|
the board of directors may alter our bylaws without obtaining shareholder approval; and |
|
|
|
|
shareholders are required to provide advance notice for nominations for election to the
board of directors or for proposing matters to be acted upon at a shareholder meeting. |
Our principal shareholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may make it more
difficult to sell our shares at a premium to take over candidates.
Our executive officers, directors and other principal shareholders, in the aggregate, beneficially
own 15,438,929 shares or approximately 32% of our outstanding common stock and exchangeable shares
as of February 28, 2007. These shareholders currently have, and will continue to have, significant
influence with respect to the election of our directors and approval or disapproval of our
significant corporate actions. This influence over our affairs might be adverse to the interest of
our other shareholders. In addition, the voting power of these shareholders could have the effect
of delaying or preventing a change in control of our business or otherwise discouraging a potential
acquirer from attempting to obtain control
35
of us, which could prevent our other shareholders from
realizing a premium over the market price for their common stock.
The price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate substantially.
Investors may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at or above the price they paid due to
a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results; |
|
|
|
|
actual reduction in our operating results due solely to the adoption of SFAS 123R,
which requires, among other things, the expensing of stock options which began January 1,
2006; |
|
|
|
|
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance; |
|
|
|
|
changes in financial estimates of securities analysts; |
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of technological innovations, design wins,
contracts, standards or acquisitions; |
|
|
|
|
the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies; |
|
|
|
|
announcements of future expectations by our customers; |
|
|
|
|
changes in market valuations of other technology companies; and |
|
|
|
|
inconsistent trading volume levels of our common stock. |
In particular, the stock prices of technology companies similar to us have been highly volatile.
Market fluctuations as well as general economic, political and market conditions, including
recessions, interest rate changes or international currency fluctuations, may negatively impact the
market price of our common stock. Therefore, the price of our common stock may decline, and the
value of your investment may be reduced regardless of our performance.
We may be unable to meet our future capital requirements, which would limit our ability to grow.
We believe our current cash and marketable security balances will be sufficient to meet our capital
requirements for the next twelve months. However, we may need, or could elect to seek, additional
funding prior to that time. To the extent that currently available funds are insufficient to fund
our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or
debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or our
shareholders. Furthermore, if we issue equity securities, our shareholders may experience
additional dilution or the new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior
to those of our common stock. If we cannot raise funds on acceptable terms, we may not be able to
develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive
pressures or unanticipated requirements.
For example, as of December 31, 2006 we have $140,000 of unsecured convertible bonds outstanding
that have a put date of May 15, 2011 and $134,584 million in cash and marketable securities.
Accordingly, we are in a net cash deficit position as of year end. While the Company is
implementing restructuring plans designed to improve the financial performance of the Company,
there can be no guarantee that the Company will be able to generate sufficient cash flows from
operations in the future to refinance or service the potential put option on the convertible bonds.
Continued compliance with new regulatory and accounting requirements will be challenging and
require significant resources.
We are spending a significant amount of management time and external resources to comply with
changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure,
36
including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new Securities and Exchange Commission rules and
regulations and NASDAQ Stock Market rules. In particular, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 requires managements annual review and evaluation of our internal control over financial
reporting, and attestation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting by
our independent registered public accounting firm. The process of documenting and testing our
controls over financial reporting has required that we hire additional personnel and outside
services and has resulted in additional accounting and legal expenses. While we invested
significant time and money in our effort to evaluate and test our internal control over financial
reporting, a material weakness was identified in our internal control over financial reporting in
2004. In addition, there are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of internal
controls and procedures, including cost limitations, the possibility of human error, judgments and
assumptions regarding the likelihood of future events, and the circumvention or overriding of the
controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can
provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.
As part of our restructuring efforts to reduce operating expenses and to support migrating
engineering design capability to Asia, in 2006 and 2007 we are transitioning key accounting,
finance and information technology infrastructure and technical expertise to our Shanghai site
which may raise the risk of weakness in our internal control environment.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
Not applicable.
Item 2. Properties.
We lease approximately 55,000 square feet in Tualatin, Oregon, which house our corporate
headquarters and include accounting and finance functions. This lease expires in February 2009.
We are currently in the process of subleasing approximately 75% of this facility.
We lease approximately 37,000 square feet in San Jose, California, which is an engineering center.
This lease expires in May 2013. We are currently in the process of subleasing approximately 50% of
this facility.
We lease approximately 18,000 square feet in Ontario, Canada and 10,000 square feet in Seattle,
Washington. Our Ontario lease expires in August 2008 and our Seattle lease expires in October
2011. We have subleased approximately 75% of our Seattle facility and are actively marketing our
Ontario facility for sublease.
We lease an aggregate of approximately 56,000 square feet in three cities in China for purposes of
engineering and sales and customer support. Our China leases expire on various dates through
December 2007. We also lease an aggregate of approximately 26,000 square feet in two cities in
Taiwan for purposes of sales and customer support and operations and logistics, and 4,000 square
feet in two cities in Japan for purposes of sales and customer support. Our Taiwan and Japan
leases expire on various dates through November 2008 and March 2007, respectively.
We expect to renew the leases that expire in 2007 on terms substantially similar to those currently
in effect.
37
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
We are subject to legal matters that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our
business. Although we currently believe that resolving such matters, individually or in the
aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, our results of
operations, or our cash flows, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of
these matters may change in the future.
Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
A Special Meeting of Shareholders of Pixelworks, Inc. was held on October 26, 2006 to approve a
stock option exchange program. The proposal to approve the stock option exchange program was
approved and received the following votes:
|
|
|
|
|
For
|
|
|
23,242,811 |
|
Against
|
|
|
5,628,336 |
|
Abstain
|
|
|
17,853 |
|
There were no other matters of business that properly came before the meeting that were voted upon.
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities. |
Our common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol PXLW.
The stock began trading on May 19, 2000. The following table sets forth, for the periods
indicated, the highest and lowest sales prices of our common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2006 |
|
High |
|
Low |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
3.26 |
|
|
$ |
2.10 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
3.04 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
5.05 |
|
|
|
2.40 |
|
First Quarter |
|
|
6.42 |
|
|
|
4.36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2005 |
|
High |
|
Low |
|
Fourth Quarter |
|
$ |
6.74 |
|
|
$ |
4.97 |
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
11.78 |
|
|
|
6.25 |
|
Second Quarter |
|
|
9.32 |
|
|
|
6.90 |
|
First Quarter |
|
|
12.44 |
|
|
|
7.55 |
|
As of February 28, 2007, there were 191 shareholders of record (excluding individual
participants in securities positions listings), and the last per share sales price of the common
stock on that date was $1.93.
38
The payment of dividends is within the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on
our earnings, capital requirements and operating and financial condition, among other factors. To
date, we have not declared any cash dividends and we currently expect to retain any earnings to
finance the expansion and development of our business.
Performance Graph
The following Performance Graph does not constitute soliciting material and should not be
deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other Company filing under the Securities Act of
1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent the Company specifically
incorporates this Report by reference therein.
Set forth below is a graph that compares the cumulative total shareholder return on our common
stock with the cumulative total return on the NASDAQ Composite U.S. Index and the NASDAQ
Electronics Components Index over the five-year period ended December 31, 2006. In accordance with
guidelines of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the shareholder return for each entity in the
peer group index has been weighted on the basis of market capitalization.
COMPARISON OF MONTHLY CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
AMONG PIXELWORKS, INC., THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET (U.S.)
INDEX AND THE NASDAQ ELECTRONICS COMPONENTS INDEX
Equity Compensation Plans
Information with respect to our equity compensation plans is included in our Proxy Statement for
our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14D and is incorporated
herein by reference.
39
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation and Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data.
Statement of Operations Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
2003 |
|
|
2002 |
|
|
|
(In thousands, except
per share data) |
|
Revenue, net |
|
$ |
133,607 |
|
|
$ |
171,704 |
|
|
$ |
176,211 |
|
|
$ |
140,921 |
|
|
$ |
102,641 |
|
Cost of revenue |
|
|
84,057 |
|
|
|
108,748 |
|
|
|
90,991 |
|
|
|
78,674 |
|
|
|
52,545 |
|
Impairment loss on acquired developed technology |
|
|
21,330 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring |
|
|
2,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
26,101 |
|
|
|
62,956 |
|
|
|
85,220 |
|
|
|
62,247 |
|
|
|
50,096 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development |
|
|
57,019 |
|
|
|
51,814 |
|
|
|
32,969 |
|
|
|
29,580 |
|
|
|
31,182 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
35,053 |
|
|
|
30,616 |
|
|
|
23,736 |
|
|
|
20,797 |
|
|
|
16,576 |
|
Impairment loss on goodwill |
|
|
133,739 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment loss on acquired intangible assets |
|
|
1,753 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring |
|
|
13,316 |
|
|
|
1,162 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,049 |
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of acquired intangible assets |
|
|
602 |
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
|
|
486 |
|
|
|
486 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
Merger-related expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,949 |
|
|
|
|
|
In-process research and development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
241,482 |
|
|
|
84,676 |
|
|
|
57,191 |
|
|
|
64,861 |
|
|
|
72,342 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
(215,381 |
) |
|
|
(21,720 |
) |
|
|
28,029 |
|
|
|
(2,614 |
) |
|
|
(22,246 |
) |
Interest and other income, net |
|
|
10,254 |
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
1,742 |
|
|
|
1,177 |
|
|
|
2,275 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
(205,127 |
) |
|
|
(20,188 |
) |
|
|
29,771 |
|
|
|
(1,437 |
) |
|
|
(19,971 |
) |
Provision (benefit) for income taxes |
|
|
(949 |
) |
|
|
22,422 |
|
|
|
7,990 |
|
|
|
(907 |
) |
|
|
880 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(204,178 |
) |
|
$ |
(42,610 |
) |
|
$ |
21,781 |
|
|
$ |
(530 |
) |
|
$ |
(20,851 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(4.23 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.90 |
) |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.48 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
(4.23 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.90 |
) |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.48 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
48,289 |
|
|
|
47,337 |
|
|
|
46,673 |
|
|
|
45,337 |
|
|
|
43,397 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
48,289 |
|
|
|
47,337 |
|
|
|
52,062 |
|
|
|
45,337 |
|
|
|
43,397 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
(In thousands) |
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
63,095 |
|
|
$ |
68,604 |
|
|
$ |
32,585 |
|
|
$ |
16,490 |
|
|
$ |
17,577 |
|
Working capital |
|
|
108,169 |
|
|
|
139,291 |
|
|
|
209,653 |
|
|
|
91,681 |
|
|
|
95,776 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
207,771 |
|
|
|
421,556 |
|
|
|
423,569 |
|
|
|
233,317 |
|
|
|
227,212 |
|
Long-term liabilities, net of current portion |
|
|
147,414 |
|
|
|
163,357 |
|
|
|
150,365 |
|
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
21,948 |
|
|
|
215,217 |
|
|
|
252,023 |
|
|
|
220,305 |
|
|
|
214,816 |
|
Item 7. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation.
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Overview
We are an innovative designer, developer and marketer
of semiconductors and software that
specializes in video and pixel processing for the advanced display industry. At the core of our
technology are unique techniques for intelligently processing signals on a pixel-by-pixel basis
that result in images optimized for a variety of digital displays, including advanced televisions,
multimedia projectors, and liquid crystal display panels. Pixelworks flexible design architecture
enables our technology to produce high image quality in our customers display products in a range
of solutions including system-on-chip integrated circuits (ICs) and co-processor ICs.
We sell our products worldwide through a direct sales force and indirectly through distributors and
manufacturers representatives. We sell to distributors in Japan, Taiwan, China and Europe, and
our manufacturers representatives support some of our European and Korean sales. Sales to
distributors represented 52%, 46%, and 69% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004, respectively. Our distributors typically provide engineering support to our end
customers and often have valuable and established relationships with our end customers. In certain
countries it is customary to sell to distributors. While distributor payment to us is not
dependent upon the distributors ability to resell the product or to collect from the end customer,
the distributors may provide longer payment terms to end customers than those we would offer.
Historically, significant portions of our revenue have been generated by sales to a relatively
small number of end customers and distributors. Revenue attributable to our top five end customers
represented 39%, 34% and 33% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004, respectively.
Significant portions of our products are sold overseas. Sales outside the U.S. accounted for
approximately 96%, 96% and 99% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004, respectively. Our integrators, branded manufacturers and branded suppliers incorporate our
products into systems that are sold worldwide. All of our revenue to date has been denominated in
U.S. dollars.
In April 2006, we initiated a plan to improve our breakeven point by reducing manufacturing
overhead and operating expenses and focusing on our core business. The plan included integrating
the Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) technology that we acquired from Equator Technologies,
Inc. (Equator) with our advanced television technology product development. We are no longer
pursuing stand-alone digital media streaming markets that are not core to advanced television.
This focus and integration is expected to result in lower compensation costs, allow us to
consolidate facilities and reduce rent expense.
41
In November 2006, we initiated an additional restructuring plan to further reduce operating
expenses. This new plan includes further consolidation of our North American operations in order
to achieve reduced compensation and rent expenses, while at the same time making critical
infrastructure investments in people, process and information systems to improve our operating
efficiency.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, we incurred $15,435 related to the restructuring plans
announced in 2006, which consists of the write-off of licensed technology, tooling and software and
other assets of $10,562, and costs related to termination and retention benefits of $2,781 and
consolidation of leased space of $2,092.
We performed an impairment analysis as of March 31, 2006 on the intangible developed technology,
customer relationships and trademark assets acquired from Equator and recorded impairment losses of
$23,083 in the first quarter of 2006, which was the excess of the carrying amount over the
estimated fair value of the assets. The estimated fair value was determined using the discounted
cash flow method. The new cost basis of these acquired intangible assets is being amortized over
their remaining useful lives.
We performed an impairment analysis as of June 30, 2006 on goodwill and recorded an impairment loss
of $133,739 in the second quarter of 2006, which was the excess carrying amount of goodwill over
the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill was determined in a manner
consistent with a purchase price allocation in a business combination. Goodwill was determined to
have no implied fair value and as a result, the entire balance was written off.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our
consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the
financial statements and accompanying notes. On a continual basis, we evaluate our estimates,
including those related to product returns, warranty obligations, inventories, property and
equipment, intangible assets, stock-based compensation, income taxes, litigation and other
contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that
we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these
estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and
estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104,
Revenue Recognition. Accordingly, revenue is recognized when an authorized purchase order has been
received, title and risk of loss have transferred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and
collectibility of the receivable is reasonably assured. This generally occurs upon shipment of the
underlying merchandise.
Sales Returns and Allowances. Our customers do not have a stated right to return product except
for replacement of defective products under our warranty program discussed below. However, we have
accepted customer returns on a case-by-case basis as customer accommodations in the past. As a
result, we provide for these returns in our reserve for sales returns and allowances. At the end
of each reporting period, we estimate the reserve for returns based on historical experience and
knowledge of any applicable events or transactions.
42
Certain of our distributors have stock rotation provisions in their distributor agreements, which
allow them to return 5-10% of the products purchased in the prior six months in exchange for
products of equal value. We analyze historical stock rotations at the end of each reporting
period. To date, returns under the stock rotation provisions have been minimal.
Certain distributors also have price protection provisions in their distributor agreements with us.
Under the price protection provisions, we grant distributors credit if they purchased product for
a specific customer and we subsequently lower the price to the customer such that the distributor
can no longer earn its negotiated margin on in-stock inventory. At the end of each reporting
period, we estimate a reserve for price protection credits based on historical experience and
knowledge of any applicable events or transactions. The reserve for price protection is included
in our reserve for sales returns and allowances.
Product Warranties. We warrant that our products will be free from defects in materials and
workmanship for a period of twelve months from delivery. Warranty repairs are guaranteed for the
remainder of the original warranty period. Our warranty is limited to repairing or replacing
products, or refunding the purchase price.
At the end of each reporting period, we estimate a reserve for warranty returns based on historical
experience and knowledge of any applicable events or transactions. While we engage in extensive
product quality programs and processes, which include actively monitoring and evaluating the
quality of our suppliers, should actual product failure rates or product replacement costs differ
from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability may be required.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We offer credit to customers after careful examination of their
creditworthiness. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses that may
result from the inability of our customers to make required payments. At the end of each reporting
period, we estimate the allowance for doubtful accounts based on our historical write-off
experience and the age of outstanding receivable balances. If the financial condition of our
customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments,
additional allowances may be required.
Inventory Valuation. We record a reserve against our inventory for estimated obsolete,
unmarketable, and otherwise impaired products by calculating the difference between the cost of
inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market
conditions. We review our inventory at the end of each reporting period for valuation issues. If
actual market conditions are less favorable than those we projected at the time the reserve was
recorded, additional inventory write-downs may be required.
Useful Lives and Recoverability of Equipment and Other Long-Lived Assets. In accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. (SFAS) 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, we evaluate the remaining useful life and recoverability of
equipment and other assets, including identifiable intangible assets with definite lives, whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be
recoverable. If there is an indicator of impairment, we prepare an estimate of future,
undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of each asset and its eventual disposition.
If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, we adjust the carrying amount
of the asset to its estimated fair value.
Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in a
business combination and is not amortized. We test goodwill annually for impairment and more
frequently if events and circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. The impairment test is
performed in
43
accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Accordingly, an
impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its
implied fair value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level. We have assigned all
goodwill to a single, enterprise-level reporting unit. The impairment test consists of two steps.
First, we determine the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair value is then compared to its
carrying amount. Second, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an
impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting units
goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is
determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase
price allocation in accordance with SFAS 141, Business Combinations. The residual fair value after
this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. We perform our annual
impairment test in the first quarter of each year.
Stock-Based Compensation. In accordance with SFAS 123R, Share-Based Payment, we estimate the fair
value of share-based payments using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires certain
estimates, including an expected forfeiture rate and expected term of options granted. We also
make decisions regarding the method of calculating expected volatilities and the risk-free interest
rate used in the option-pricing model. The resulting calculated fair value of share-based payments
is recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period, generally the vesting
period. When there are any changes to the assumptions used in the option-pricing model, including
fluctuations in the market price of our common stock, there will be variations in the calculated
fair value of the share-based payments, causing variation in the compensation cost recognized.
Income Taxes. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between the amount of
assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes. We record a valuation allowance
to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
Should we determine that we will be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in
the future, a decrease to the valuation allowance would be recorded in the statement of operations
or equity in the period such determination was made.
Tax contingency reserves are recorded to address potential exposures involving tax positions we
have taken that could be challenged by taxing authorities. These potential exposures result from
the varying applications of statutes, rules, regulations and interpretations. Our tax contingency
reserves contain assumptions based on past experiences and judgments about potential actions by
taxing jurisdictions. The ultimate resolution of these matters may be greater or less than the
amount that we have accrued.
44
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain financial data for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of |
|
|
|
Dollars |
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
Dollars |
|
|
Revenue |
|
|
Dollars |
|
|
Revenue |
|
Revenue, net |
|
$ |
133,607 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
171,704 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
176,211 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of revenue |
|
|
84,057 |
|
|
|
62.9 |
|
|
|
108,748 |
|
|
|
63.3 |
|
|
|
90,991 |
|
|
|
51.6 |
|
Impairment loss on acquired developed technology |
|
|
21,330 |
|
|
|
16.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Restructuring |
|
|
2,119 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
26,101 |
|
|
|
19.5 |
|
|
|
62,956 |
|
|
|
36.7 |
|
|
|
85,220 |
|
|
|
48.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development |
|
|
57,019 |
|
|
|
42.7 |
|
|
|
51,814 |
|
|
|
30.2 |
|
|
|
32,969 |
|
|
|
18.7 |
|
Selling, general and administrative |
|
|
35,053 |
|
|
|
26.2 |
|
|
|
30,616 |
|
|
|
17.8 |
|
|
|
23,736 |
|
|
|
13.5 |
|
Impairment loss on goodwill |
|
|
133,739 |
|
|
|
100.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Impairment loss on acquired intangible assets |
|
|
1,753 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Restructuring |
|
|
13,316 |
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
1,162 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Amortization of acquired intangible assets |
|
|
602 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
486 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
241,482 |
|
|
|
180.7 |
|
|
|
84,676 |
|
|
|
49.3 |
|
|
|
57,191 |
|
|
|
32.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
(215,381 |
) |
|
|
(161.2 |
) |
|
|
(21,720 |
) |
|
|
(12.6 |
) |
|
|
28,029 |
|
|
|
15.9 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
5,833 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
5,658 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
3,823 |
|
|
|
2.2 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(2,721 |
) |
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
(2,637 |
) |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
(1,609 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
Settlement proceeds, net |
|
|
4,800 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Gain on repurchase of long-term debt, net |
|
|
3,009 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Realized loss on sale of marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(779 |
) |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs |
|
|
(667 |
) |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
(710 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
(472 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income, net |
|
|
10,254 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
1,742 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
(205,127 |
) |
|
|
(153.5 |
) |
|
|
(20,188 |
) |
|
|
(11.8 |
) |
|
|
29,771 |
|
|
|
16.9 |
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes |
|
|
(949 |
) |
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
|
|
22,422 |
|
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
|
7,990 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(204,178 |
) |
|
|
(152.8 |
)% |
|
$ |
(42,610 |
) |
|
|
(24.8 |
)% |
|
$ |
21,781 |
|
|
|
12.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentages may not add due to rounding.
Revenue, Net
Revenue, net decreased $38,097, or 22%, in 2006 compared to 2005, and decreased $4,507, or 3%, in
2005 compared to 2004. The decrease in 2006 revenue resulted from a 21% decrease in units sold and
a 2% decrease in average selling price (ASP). The decrease in 2005 revenue resulted from a
decrease in ASP of 10%, partially offset by an increase in units sold of 9%. ASP of our products
decline over relatively short periods of time due to aggressive competitive pricing, and we expect
to continue to experience downward pressure on our selling prices in future periods.
45
Revenue by market as a percentage of total revenue was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Multimedia projector |
|
|
44 |
% |
|
|
31 |
% |
|
|
45 |
% |
Advanced television |
|
|
32 |
% |
|
|
52 |
% |
|
|
43 |
% |
Digital streaming media devices |
|
|
14 |
% |
|
|
8 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
LCD monitor |
|
|
6 |
% |
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
10 |
% |
Other |
|
|
4 |
% |
|
|
2 |
% |
|
|
2 |
% |
Multimedia Projector
Multimedia projector revenue increased 11% in 2006 compared to 2005. The increase is primarily
attributable to our end customers strength in the market, as well as stabilization in the market
share of digital light processing (DLP) technology compared to high-temperature polysilicon
technology. During 2005, DLP-based products, which generally do not incorporate our technology,
grew in market share compared to high temperature polysilicon-based products. The market split
stabilized in 2006, enabling us to recapture market share. Units sold and ASP in the multimedia
projector market increased 9% and 2%, respectively, in 2006 compared to 2005.
Multimedia projector revenue decreased 32% in 2005 to 2004, due to market share lost to DLP
products. Units sold and ASP in the multimedia projector market decreased 16% and 20%,
respectively, in 2005 compared to 2004.
We expect multimedia projector revenue to decrease up to 10% in the first quarter of 2007 compared
to the fourth quarter of 2006, primarily due to seasonal softness in orders as well as supply
constraints on one of our end-of-life products.
Advanced Television
Advanced television revenue decreased 51% in 2006 compared to 2005. The decrease is primarily
attributable to the loss of a key original equipment manufacturer customer in Europe, customer
transitions from our older generation products ahead of our newer products coming to market due to
delays in product development, and weakness in the market in China and Europe. Units sold and ASP
in the advanced television market decreased 39% and 20%, respectively, in 2006 compared to 2005.
Advanced television revenue increased 16% in 2005 compared to 2004, which was driven by overall
growth in consumer demand for increasingly feature-rich LCD televisions, progressive scan
televisions, plasma displays and digital rear projection televisions. Units sold in the advanced
television market increased 28%, while ASP decreased 9% in 2005 compared to 2004.
We expect advanced television revenue to decrease 30% to 40% in the first quarter of 2007 compared
to the fourth quarter of 2006, primarily due to customers working down inventory levels from the
holiday season, supply constraints on an end-of-life product and seasonal softness in the first
quarter.
Digital Streaming Media Devices
Revenue in the digital streaming media devices market resulted from our acquisition of Equator in
June 2005. This market includes videoconferencing, set-top box, and other miscellaneous
applications.
46
In April 2006, we initiated a plan whereby we are integrating the IPTV elements of the Equator
technology we acquired with our advanced television technology product developments. While we are
continuing to provide customers with existing products, we are no longer pursuing stand-alone
digital media streaming markets that are not core to advanced television. As a result, we expect
to see revenue from existing customers in this market decreasing over time as customers switch to
next generation designs from other suppliers. In the first quarter of 2007, we expect our digital
streaming media devices revenue to decrease approximately 5% compared to the fourth quarter of
2006.
LCD Monitor
Revenue in the LCD monitor market has decreased as a percent of total revenue from 2004 through
2006. This decrease is primarily attributable to our decision to focus on higher end products and
discontinue development of mainstream products for this market, rather than any general industry
trends.
We expect LCD monitor revenue to decrease 20% to 25% in the first quarter of 2007 compared to the
fourth quarter of 2006. Our LCD monitor revenue is highly dependent on a limited number of
customers and the timing of their orders, and is heavily impacted by availability of an end-of-life
part that is supply constrained.
Other
Other revenue includes LCD panel timing controller revenue and revenue from small niche markets.
In the future, we expect LCD panel timing controller revenue, a developing market, to increase if
we are able to secure additional design wins. Revenue from small niche markets is not expected to
be significant in the near future.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit
Cost of revenue includes purchased materials, assembly, test, labor, warranty expense, royalties,
provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory, amortization of acquired developed technology,
amortization of the fair value adjustment on acquired inventory, stock-based compensation and
information technology and facilities allocations, as well as an impairment loss on acquired
developed technology and a restructuring charge in 2006, and the amortization of acquired backlog
in 2005.
Gross profit margin was 19.5% in 2006, 36.7% in 2005 and 48.4% in 2004.
The decrease in gross profit in 2006 is primarily due to the recognition of a $21,330 impairment
loss on acquired developed technology and a restructuring charge of $2,119, partially offset by a
decrease in acquisition-related amortization expense of $6,219. Additionally, increases in
inventory scrap and provisions for slow-moving and obsolete inventory, charges for customer
materials never utilized in production, and stock-based compensation expense all contributed to the
decrease in gross profit in 2006.
The decrease in gross profit in 2005 from 2004 primarily resulted from an increase in
acquisition-related amortization of $9,803. Acquisition-related amortization was $10,332, or 6% of
revenue, in 2005 compared to $529, or 0.3% of revenue, in 2004.
Declines in gross profit margin are characteristic of our industry and the markets we serve, and we
expect declines to occur again in the future, although we cannot predict when or how severe they
will be. As a result, we actively seek ways to reduce the cost to manufacture our products and
introduce new products with higher margins.
47
Estimated amortization of acquired developed technology is $2,820, $2,820, $2,336 and $1,050 for
the years ending December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
We expect our gross profit margin to be between 39% and 41% for the first quarter of 2007.
Research and Development
Research and development expense includes compensation and related costs for personnel,
depreciation and amortization, fees for outside services, expensed equipment, and information
technology and facilities allocations.
Research and development expense increased $5,205, or 10%, to $57,019 in 2006 from $51,814 in 2005.
This increase is primarily due to the following offsetting factors:
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3,155 primarily
due to increased licensed technology and software asset purchases
made at the end of 2005. |
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense increased $3,126 as a result of
our adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. Under SFAS 123R, we
estimate the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model and recognize stock-based compensation
expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the
vesting period. Previously, stock-based compensation expense was
recognized only in the event options were granted at an exercise
price less than the market price of our common stock on the date
of grant. |
|
|
|
Facilities and information technology expenses allocated to
research and development increased $692. The increase in
facilities and information technology expenses was driven by
increases in depreciation and amortization expense, outside
services, and telephone and other communications charges. |
|
|
|
Compensation expense decreased $2,306. While headcount in our
research and development cost centers was consistent at 254 at
December 31, 2006 and 2005, the restructuring plans we initiated
in April 2006 and November 2006 have shifted research and
development to locations in Asia from locations in North America. |
|
|
|
Development-related expenses, including non-recurring engineering
and outside services, decreased $456 due to the timing of projects
in process. |
Research and development expense increased $18,845, or 57%, to $51,814 in 2005 from $32,969 in
2004. This increase is primarily due to the following factors:
|
|
Compensation expense increased $6,850, due to an increase in
headcount in research and development cost centers to 254 at
December 31, 2005 from 164 at December 31, 2004. This increase
includes 49 in our Shanghai design center, and 41 that resulted
from our acquisition of Equator. These increases were partially
offset by a decrease in Tualatin headcount, which was primarily
attributable to the restructuring we initiated in October of 2005. |
|
|
Development related expenses, including non-recurring engineering
and outside services, increased $4,415. |
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense increased $3,875, primarily
due to increased licensed technology and software asset purchases. |
|
|
Facilities and information technology expenses allocated to
research and development increased $3,293. The increase in
facilities and information technology expenses was driven by
increased headcount in information technology departments and rent
expense, which were in part attributable |
48
|
|
to the addition of
Equator, and increased depreciation and amortization expense,
expensed equipment and software, and telephone and other
communications charges. |
|
|
Stock-based compensation increased $536 due to the assumption of
outstanding Equator stock options. |
We expect to continue to make significant investments in research and development in support of our
new product development programs.
Selling, General and Administrative
Selling, general and administrative expense includes compensation and related costs for personnel,
travel, outside services, sales commissions, allocations for facilities and information technology
expenses, and other general expenses incurred in our sales, marketing, customer support,
management, legal and other professional and administrative support functions.
Selling, general and administrative expense increased $4,437, or 14%, to $35,053 in 2006 from
$30,616 in 2005. This increase is primarily due to the following offsetting factors:
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense increased $5,157 as a result of our adoption of SFAS 123R on January 1, 2006. Under
SFAS 123R, we estimate the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and recognize
stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Previously,
stock-based compensation expense was recognized only in the event options were granted at an exercise price less than
the market price of our common stock on the date of grant. |
|
|
Compensation expense increased $342. Selling, general and administrative headcount decreased from 172 at December 31,
2005 to 150 at December 31, 2006 however, average headcount was relatively consistent at 159 in 2006 and 164 in 2005. |
|
|
Sales commission expense decreased $1,250 due to the decrease in revenue in 2006. |
Selling, general and administrative expense increased $6,880, or 29%, to $30,616 in 2005 from
$23,736 in 2004. This increase is primarily due to the following:
|
|
Compensation expense increased $3,963, due to an increase in headcount in selling, general and administrative cost
centers to 172 at December 31, 2005 from 137 as of December 31, 2004. This increase includes 10 employees that
resulted from our acquisition of Equator. |
|
|
Facilities and information technology expenses allocated to selling, general and administrative increased $1,562. The
increase in facilities and information technology expenses was driven by increased headcount in information technology
departments and increased rent expense, which were in part attributable to the addition of Equator, and increased
depreciation and amortization expense, expensed equipment and software, and telephone and other communications charges. |
|
|
Sales commission expense increased $908, primarily due to our acquisition of Equator. |
|
|
Travel-related expenses increased $727. |
We expect to continue to make investments in our selling, general and administrative infrastructure
to support the global expansion and scalability of our business systems and increased sales-related
efforts.
49
Impairment Loss on Goodwill
We recorded goodwill in connection with our acquisitions of Equator in June 2005, nDSP in January
2002, and Panstera in January 2001. As the market value of our common stock fell below our book
value during the second quarter of 2006, we performed an additional goodwill impairment test on
June 30, 2006. In the second quarter of 2006, we recorded an impairment loss on goodwill of
$133,739, which represented the excess carrying amount of goodwill over the implied fair value of
goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill was determined in a manner consistent with a purchase
price allocation in a business combination. At the time of the impairment analysis, goodwill was
determined to have no implied fair value.
Impairment Loss on Acquired Intangible Assets
We recorded intangible customer relationships and trademark assets in connection with the
acquisition of Equator in June 2005. During the first quarter of 2006, we recorded an impairment
loss on the customer relationships and trademark assets of $1,753, which represented the excess
carrying amount over the estimated fair value of the assets. As of December 31, 2006, the net book
value of the customer relationships intangible asset is $523, which will be amortized over the
assets remaining useful life of approximately 18 months. At the time of the impairment analysis,
the trademark asset was determined to have no remaining value.
Restructuring
In April 2006, we initiated a restructuring plan to improve our breakeven point by reducing
manufacturing overhead and operating expenses and focusing on our core business. The plan included
integrating the IPTV technology we acquired from Equator with our advanced television technology
product development. We are no longer pursuing stand-alone digital media streaming markets not
core to advanced television. The focus and integration is expected to result in lower compensation
costs, allow us to consolidate facilities and reduce rent expense.
In November 2006, we initiated an additional restructuring plan to further reduce operating
expenses. This new plan includes further consolidation of our North American operations in order
to achieve reduced compensation and rent expenses, while at the same time making critical
infrastructure investments in people, process and information systems to improve our operating
efficiency.
During 2006, we recognized $15,435 in restructuring expense, of which $2,119 is included in cost of
revenue. Total restructuring expense includes $10,562 for the write-off of certain assets,
including licensed technology and tooling, $2,781 for termination and retention benefits and $2,092
for costs associated with the consolidation of lease space. As of December 31, 2006, we have
accrued restructuring expenses of approximately $2,717 in our consolidated balance sheet, which
consist of termination and retention benefits payable of $1,193 and accrued remaining lease
payments of $1,524.
As we continue implementing the restructuring plan announced in November 2006, we expect to incur
restructuring charges of $3,500 to $4,000 over the next several quarters.
In October 2005, we initiated a restructuring plan to improve the effectiveness and timeliness of
our product development efforts in order to reduce our overall development costs. The
restructuring resulted in a reduction-in-force of 36 employees during the fourth quarter of 2005.
These employees were given severance benefits, which were expensed and paid in the fourth quarter
of 2005. The total amount of these benefits was approximately $1,162. As of December 31, 2005, we
had a nominal amount accrued related to this restructuring, which was paid in January 2006.
50
Amortization of Acquired Intangible Assets
We recorded intangible customer relationships and trademark assets in connection with the
acquisition of Equator in June 2005, and an intangible assembled workforce asset as a result of the
Jaldi asset acquisition in September 2002. These acquired intangible assets are amortized on a
straight-line basis over the following useful lives: customer relationships and assembled
workforce, three years, and trademark, one year. As of December 31, 2006, the trademark was fully
amortized and as of December 31, 2005, the assembled workforce asset was fully amortized. Future
amortization expense of the customer relationships asset will be approximately $359 and $164 in the
years ending December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.
Interest and Other Income, Net
Interest and other income, net consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Interest income |
|
$ |
5,833 |
|
|
$ |
5,658 |
|
|
$ |
3,823 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(2,721 |
) |
|
|
(2,637 |
) |
|
|
(1,609 |
) |
Settlement proceeds, net |
|
|
4,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on repurchase of long-term debt, net |
|
|
3,009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realized loss on sale of marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(779 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs |
|
|
(667 |
) |
|
|
(710 |
) |
|
|
(472 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income, net |
|
$ |
10,254 |
|
|
$ |
1,532 |
|
|
$ |
1,742 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income includes interest earned on cash equivalents and short- and long-term marketable
securities. Interest income increased $175, or 3%, in 2006 from 2005 and $1,835, or 48%, in 2005
from 2004. The increase in interest income in 2006 from 2005 is attributable to higher average
rates of return on invested funds, and the increase in 2005 from 2004 is attributable to the
investment of the proceeds from the issuance of our 1.75% convertible subordinated debentures in
May and June 2004.
Interest expense consists primarily of interest payable on the debentures. Interest expense
increased $84 in 2006 from 2005 and $1,028 in 2005 from 2004. The increase in interest expense in
2005 from 2004 is due to the issuance of the debentures in May and June 2004.
During the fourth quarter of 2006, our claim against funds placed in escrow in connection with the
Equator acquisition was settled. We received proceeds net of legal fees of $4,800, which is
included in interest and other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2006.
During the second quarter of 2005, we realized a loss on the sale of marketable securities of $779.
The proceeds from the sale of these marketable securities were used to fund the acquisition of
Equator.
Debt issuance costs related to the debentures have been capitalized and are included in long-term
assets in our consolidated balance sheets. The debt issuance costs are being amortized to interest
expense over seven years and have a remaining useful life of approximately 4 years as of December
31, 2006.
51
Provision for Income Taxes
We recorded an income tax benefit of $949 for the year ended December 31, 2006. The benefit is
primarily attributable to an income tax refund that will be received through a net operating loss
carryback to a prior year, plus the recognition of deferred tax assets in profitable cost-plus
foreign jurisdictions. These benefits are partially offset by current tax expense in profitable
cost-plus foreign jurisdictions, as well as additional accruals for exposures in foreign
jurisdictions. We continue to provide a full valuation allowance against our U.S. and Canadian
deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2006 as it is not more likely than not that we will realize
the benefit of these assets in future periods. We considered future taxable income by
jurisdiction, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies when
making this assessment.
We recorded income tax expense of $22,422 for the year ended December 31, 2005 despite the
recognition of a pre-tax book loss. This is primarily attributable to the fourth quarter addition
of approximately $31,900 of valuation allowance against essentially all deferred tax assets and
contingent amounts for exposures in foreign jurisdictions. The tax detriment of these items was
partially offset by federal, state and foreign tax credits and tax-exempt interest generated during
the year, and a refund relating to our Canadian subsidiarys foreign research and experimentation
credits.
We recorded income tax expense of $7,990 for the year ended December 31, 2004. Tax expense was
lower than the expected expense based on the statutory rates due to several permanent differences,
primarily relating to federal and state research and experimentation tax credits. The tax benefit
of these items is partially offset by an increase in the federal tax rate from 34% to 35%, along
with contingent amounts established for exposures in foreign jurisdictions.
As of December 31, 2006, we have generated deductible temporary differences along with net
operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We have approximately $197,334, $99,657 and $9,423 of
net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income and approximately $14,623, $6,562
and $4,524 of tax credit carryforwards to offset future tax for federal, state and foreign
purposes, respectively. Utilization of a portion of the remaining net operating loss and credit
carryforwards is subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership change provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions, and the net operating loss
carryforwards acquired from Equator in the amount of approximately $159,000 federal and $56,000
state may not be realizable due to tax regulations relating to changes in the business activities
of the acquired entity. The carryforwards began expiring in 2006.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At December 31, 2006 we had cash and cash equivalents of $63,095, short- and long-term marketable
securities of $71,489 and working capital of $108,169. Cash provided by operating activities
during the year ended December 31, 2006 was $17,066 compared to $534 and $27,685 for the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Cash provided by operations during 2006 is
primarily due to decreases in accounts receivable and inventory offset by decreases in accounts
payable and accrued current and long-term liabilities and the net loss during the year. Cash
provided by operations during 2005 is primarily due to an increase in income taxes payable offset
by the net loss for the year, while cash provided by operating activities during 2004 is primarily
due to the net income for the year.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, cash used in investing activities was $17,318. This
compares to cash provided by investing activities of $33,506 and cash used in investing activities
of $161,745 during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Cash used in
investing activities during 2006 and 2004 consists primarily of cash used to purchase marketable
securities,
52
purchase property and equipment and other assets and investments, and make payments on
accrued liabilities related to equipment and other asset financings, offset by proceeds from
maturities of marketable securities. Cash provided by investing activities during 2005 consists
primarily of cash received from the sales and maturities of marketable securities, offset by cash
used to purchase marketable securities, acquire Equator, make payments on accrued liabilities
related to equipment and other asset financings, and purchase equipment and other assets.
During the year ended December 31, 2006, cash used in financing activities was $5,257. This
compares to cash provided by financing activities of $1,979 and $150,155 during the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Cash used in financing activities during 2006 consists
of the repurchase of long-term debt, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of common stock
from the exercise of stock options and purchases of common stock through our employee stock
purchase plan. Cash provided by financing activities for 2005 consists primarily of proceeds
received from the issuance of common stock from the exercise of stock options and purchases of
common stock through our employee stock purchase plan. Cash provided by financing activities
during 2004 consists primarily of net proceeds received of $145,500 from the issuance of long-term
debt (see capital resources below).
We anticipate that our existing cash and investment balances will be adequate to fund our operating
and investing needs for the next twelve months and the foreseeable future. From time to time, we
may evaluate acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies that complement our business.
Any such transactions, if consummated, may consume a material portion of our working capital or
require the issuance of equity securities that may result in dilution to existing shareholders.
Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable, net decreased to $9,315 at December 31, 2006 from $19,927 at December 31,
2005. The decrease is primarily due to lower revenue during the fourth quarter of 2006 compared to
the fourth quarter of 2005 and an improvement in average days sales outstanding, which decreased to
28 days at December 31, 2006 from 41 days at December 31, 2005.
Inventories, Net
Inventories, net decreased to $13,809 at December 31, 2006 from $26,577 at December 31, 2005. The
decrease in inventory is primarily due to our efforts to manage inventory levels given the decrease
in revenue for 2006 compared to 2005 as well as increased provisions related to slow-moving and
obsolete inventory primarily due to regulations imposed by the European Unions Restriction of
Hazardous substance, which prevents us from selling parts containing specific hazardous substances
such as lead to certain customers, and lower revenue and increased lower of cost or market reserves
on certain parts. Inventory turnover on an annualized basis was 5 and 4 times as of December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, this represents approximately ten weeks of
inventory on hand.
Capital Resources
On May 18, 2004, we issued $125,000 of convertible subordinated debentures (the debentures) due
2024 in a private offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(Securities Act) and outside of the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the
Securities Act. On June 4, 2004, we issued an additional $25,000 of debentures pursuant to the
exercise of an option granted to the initial purchasers. The debentures have been registered with
the SEC for resale under the Securities Act.
53
In February 2006, we repurchased, and retired, $10,000 of our outstanding debentures for cash in
the open market. As a result, a gain of $3,200 was recorded in other income in the statement of
operations during the first quarter of 2006, net of a write-off of debt issuance costs of $191. As
of December 31, 2006, we have $140,000 of debentures outstanding.
The debentures bear interest at a rate of 1.75% per annum and interest is payable on May
15th and November 15th of each year. The outstanding debentures are
convertible, under certain circumstances, into our common stock at a conversion rate of 41.0627
shares of common stock per $1 principal amount of debentures, for a total of 5,748,778 shares.
This is equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $24.35 per share. We may redeem some or
all of the debentures for cash on or after May 15, 2011 at a price equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the debentures plus accrued and unpaid interest. The holders of the debentures have the
right to require us to purchase all or a portion of their debentures on May 15, 2011, May 15, 2014
and May 15, 2019 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest.
In addition, we may be in the market from time to time repurchasing outstanding debentures, and
have done so as described above.
Contractual Payment Obligations
A summary of our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2006 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due By Period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than |
Contractual Obligation |
|
Total |
|
1 year |
|
1-3 years |
|
3-5 years |
|
5 years |
|
Long-term debt |
|
$ |
140,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
140,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Interest on long-term debt |
|
|
10,719 |
|
|
|
2,450 |
|
|
|
4,900 |
|
|
|
3,369 |
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases |
|
|
11,383 |
|
|
|
3,641 |
|
|
|
4,044 |
|
|
|
2,374 |
|
|
|
1,324 |
|
Payments on accrued balances related to
asset purchases |
|
|
13,296 |
|
|
|
7,733 |
|
|
|
5,563 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Q1 2007 purchase commitments
to contract manufacturers |
|
|
11,022 |
|
|
|
11,022 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The lease payments above are net of sublease rental income of $194, $225 and $41 for the
years ending December 31, 2007, 2008, and 2009, respectively.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a
material current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of
operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS 157, Fair Value
Measurements (SFAS 157), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair
value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value
measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and
interim periods within those fiscal years. Earlier application is encouraged, provided that the
reporting entity
54
has not yet issued financial statements for that fiscal year, including financial
statements for an interim period within that fiscal year. The provisions of SFAS 157 should be
applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption, with certain exceptions.
We are currently in the process of assessing the impact that the adoption of SFAS 157 will have on
our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income
Taxes (FIN 48). FIN 48 is an interpretation of SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes and
clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in a companys financial
statements. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial
statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax
return and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties,
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2006, with early application encouraged if financial statements,
including interim financial statements, have not been issued in the period of adoption. The
provisions of FIN 48 shall be applied to all tax positions upon initial adoption. Only tax
positions that meet the more-likely-than-not criteria at the effective date may be recognized or
continue to be recognized upon adoption. The cumulative effect of applying the provisions of FIN
48 shall be reported as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings for that fiscal
year, presented separately, which is the difference between the net amount of assets and
liabilities recognized in the statements of financial position prior to the application of FIN 48
and the net amount of assets and liabilities recognized as a result of applying the provisions of
FIN 48. We are in the process of assessing the impact that the adoption of FIN 48 will have on our
consolidated financial statements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Our primary market risk exposure is the impact of interest rate fluctuations on interest income
earned on our investment portfolio. We mitigate risks associated with such fluctuations, as well
as the risk of loss of principal, by investing in high-credit quality securities and limiting
concentrations of issuers and maturity dates. Derivative financial instruments are not part of our
investment portfolio.
As of December 31, 2006, we had convertible subordinated debentures of $140 million outstanding
with a fixed interest rate of 1.75%. Interest rate changes affect the fair value of these notes,
but do not affect our earnings or cash flow.
All of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars and, as a result, we have relatively little
exposure to foreign currency exchange risk with respect to our sales. We have employees located in
offices in Canada, Japan, Taiwan and the Peoples Republic of China and as such, a portion of our
operating expenses are denominated in foreign currencies. Accordingly, our operating results are
affected by changes in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and those currencies. Any future
strengthening of those currencies against the U.S. dollar could negatively impact our operating
results by increasing our operating expenses as measured in U.S. dollars. We cannot reasonably
estimate the effect that an immediate change in foreign currency exchange rates would have on our
operating results or cash flows. Currently, we do not hedge against foreign currency rate
fluctuations.
55
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
The following financial statements and reports are included in Item 8:
56
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Pixelworks, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pixelworks, Inc. and subsidiaries
as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
shareholders equity and comprehensive income (loss) and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of Pixelworks, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31,
2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in
the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of
accounting for share-based payment awards effective January 1, 2006.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the effectiveness of Pixelworks, Inc.s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO),
and our report dated March 12, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on managements assessment of,
and the effective operation of, internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Portland, Oregon
March 12, 2007
57
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
63,095 |
|
|
$ |
68,604 |
|
Short-term marketable securities |
|
|
53,985 |
|
|
|
59,888 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
9,315 |
|
|
|
19,927 |
|
Inventories, net |
|
|
13,809 |
|
|
|
26,577 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
6,374 |
|
|
|
7,277 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
146,578 |
|
|
|
182,273 |
|
Long-term marketable securities |
|
|
17,504 |
|
|
|
17,145 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
21,931 |
|
|
|
29,029 |
|
Other assets, net |
|
|
9,287 |
|
|
|
18,277 |
|
Debt issuance costs, net |
|
|
2,922 |
|
|
|
3,780 |
|
Acquired intangible assets, net |
|
|
9,549 |
|
|
|
37,321 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
133,731 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
207,771 |
|
|
$ |
421,556 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
5,738 |
|
|
$ |
7,206 |
|
Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities |
|
|
21,674 |
|
|
|
26,269 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
10,997 |
|
|
|
9,507 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
38,409 |
|
|
|
42,982 |
|
Long-term liabilities, net of current portion |
|
|
7,414 |
|
|
|
13,357 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
140,000 |
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
185,823 |
|
|
|
206,339 |
|
|
Commitments and contingencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 1 share issued and
issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized, 48,613,826 and
47,168,311 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively |
|
|
331,567 |
|
|
|
316,257 |
|
Exchangeable shares; 1,731,099 shares issued, 47,635 and 574,467 shares
issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively |
|
|
450 |
|
|
|
5,434 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
|
(3,693 |
) |
|
|
(3,503 |
) |
Deferred stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(773 |
) |
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
(306,376 |
) |
|
|
(102,198 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
21,948 |
|
|
|
215,217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
|
$ |
207,771 |
|
|
$ |
421,556 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
58
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Revenue, net |
|
$ |
133,607 |
|
|
$ |
171,704 |
|
|
$ |
176,211 |
|
Cost of revenue (1) |
|
|
84,057 |
|
|
|
108,748 |
|
|
|
90,991 |
|
Impairment loss on acquired developed technology |
|
|
21,330 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring |
|
|
2,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
26,101 |
|
|
|
62,956 |
|
|
|
85,220 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development (2) |
|
|
57,019 |
|
|
|
51,814 |
|
|
|
32,969 |
|
Selling, general and administrative (3) |
|
|
35,053 |
|
|
|
30,616 |
|
|
|
23,736 |
|
Impairment loss on goodwill |
|
|
133,739 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment loss on acquired intangible assets |
|
|
1,753 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring |
|
|
13,316 |
|
|
|
1,162 |
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of acquired intangible assets |
|
|
602 |
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
|
|
486 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
241,482 |
|
|
|
84,676 |
|
|
|
57,191 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
(215,381 |
) |
|
|
(21,720 |
) |
|
|
28,029 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
5,833 |
|
|
|
5,658 |
|
|
|
3,823 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(2,721 |
) |
|
|
(2,637 |
) |
|
|
(1,609 |
) |
Settlement proceeds, net |
|
|
4,800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on repurchase of long-term debt, net |
|
|
3,009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realized loss on sale of marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(779 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs |
|
|
(667 |
) |
|
|
(710 |
) |
|
|
(472 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest and other income, net |
|
|
10,254 |
|
|
|
1,532 |
|
|
|
1,742 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
(205,127 |
) |
|
|
(20,188 |
) |
|
|
29,771 |
|
Provision (benefit) for income taxes |
|
|
(949 |
) |
|
|
22,422 |
|
|
|
7,990 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(204,178 |
) |
|
$ |
(42,610 |
) |
|
$ |
21,781 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(4.23 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.90 |
) |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
(4.23 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.90 |
) |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
48,289 |
|
|
|
47,337 |
|
|
|
46,673 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
48,289 |
|
|
|
47,337 |
|
|
|
52,062 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Includes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of acquired developed technology |
|
$ |
4,087 |
|
|
$ |
4,515 |
|
|
$ |
529 |
|
Amortization of acquired inventory mark-up |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
5,217 |
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of acquired backlog |
|
|
|
|
|
|
600 |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
|
|
(2) Includes stock-based compensation |
|
|
3,884 |
|
|
|
758 |
|
|
|
222 |
|
(3) Includes stock-based compensation |
|
|
5,464 |
|
|
|
307 |
|
|
|
131 |
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
59
PIXELWORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(204,178 |
) |
|
$ |
(42,610 |
) |
|
$ |
21,781 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment losses on goodwill and acquired intangible assets |
|
|
156,822 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
17,667 |
|
|
|
13,469 |
|
|
|
8,160 |
|
Loss on asset disposals related to restructuring |
|
|
11,618 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
9,556 |
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
|
|
353 |
|
Amortization of acquired intangible assets |
|
|
4,689 |
|
|
|
6,199 |
|
|
|
1,015 |
|
Gain on repurchase of long-term debt, net |
|
|
(3,009 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) |
|
|
(967 |
) |
|
|
13,636 |
|
|
|
(1,101 |
) |
Income tax benefit from stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,421 |
|
|
|
4,485 |
|
Realized loss on sale of marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
779 |
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs |
|
|
667 |
|
|
|
710 |
|
|
|
472 |
|
Loss on asset disposals |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
180 |
|
|
|
381 |
|
Other |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
179 |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
10,612 |
|
|
|
(858 |
) |
|
|
(6,137 |
) |
Inventories, net |
|
|
12,768 |
|
|
|
2,806 |
|
|
|
(8,097 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other current and long-term assets |
|
|
842 |
|
|
|
(2,340 |
) |
|
|
(43 |
) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
(1,468 |
) |
|
|
(554 |
) |
|
|
1,677 |
|
Accrued current and long-term liabilities |
|
|
(233 |
) |
|
|
(693 |
) |
|
|
2,167 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
1,490 |
|
|
|
7,114 |
|
|
|
2,393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
17,066 |
|
|
|
534 |
|
|
|
27,685 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales and maturities of available-for-sale marketable securities |
|
|
47,647 |
|
|
|
263,375 |
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from sales and maturities of held-to-maturity marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,928 |
|
|
|
114,083 |
|
Purchases of available-for-sale marketable securities |
|
|
(42,290 |
) |
|
|
(124,108 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Purchases of held-to-maturities marketable securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36,345 |
) |
|
|
(259,042 |
) |
Acquisition of Equator Technologies, Inc., net of cash acquired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(104,736 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Payments on equipment and other asset financing |
|
|
(17,178 |
) |
|
|
(9,825 |
) |
|
|
(5,106 |
) |
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
|
(5,255 |
) |
|
|
(7,915 |
) |
|
|
(8,471 |
) |
Purchases of other assets |
|
|
(278 |
) |
|
|
(1,929 |
) |
|
|
(3,221 |
) |
Proceeds from sales of property and equipment |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
|
|
(17,318 |
) |
|
|
33,506 |
|
|
|
(161,745 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145,500 |
|
Repurchase of long-term debt |
|
|
(6,800 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuances of common stock |
|
|
1,543 |
|
|
|
1,986 |
|
|
|
5,110 |
|
Debt issuance costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(455 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
|
|
(5,257 |
) |
|
|
1,979 |
|
|
|
150,155 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(5,509 |
) |
|
|
36,019 |
|
|
|
16,095 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
|
|
68,604 |
|
|
|
32,585 |
|
|
|
16,490 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year |
|
$ |
63,095 |
|
|
$ |
68,604 |
|
|
$ |
32,585 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
60
PIXEL
WORKS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Exchangeable Shares |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
Stock-based |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Shareholders |
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
Income (Loss) |
|
|
Compensation |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Equity |
|
Balance as of December 31, 2003 |
|
|
45,113,662 |
|
|
$ |
294,235 |
|
|
|
833,861 |
|
|
$ |
7,888 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(449 |
) |
|
$ |
(81,369 |
) |
|
$ |
220,305 |
|
Stock issued under stock option and stock purchase
plans and tax benefits associated therewith |
|
|
1,021,761 |
|
|
|
9,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,595 |
|
Stock-based compensation expense due to option
modification |
|
|
|
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65 |
|
Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation due
to terminations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
288 |
|
Conversion of exchangeable shares to common stock |
|
|
184,205 |
|
|
|
1,743 |
|
|
|
(184,205 |
) |
|
|
(1,743 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reversal of exchangeable shares due to termination |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(203 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Release and cancellation of shares held in escrow |
|
|
(31,876 |
) |
|
|
(541 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(541 |
) |
Net income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
21,781 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,781 |
|
|
|
21,781 |
|
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $239 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
531 |
|
|
|
531 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
531 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
22,312 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2004 |
|
|
46,287,752 |
|
|
|
304,996 |
|
|
|
649,453 |
|
|
|
6,144 |
|
|
|
531 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
(59,588 |
) |
|
|
252,023 |
|
Stock issued under stock option and stock purchase
plans and tax benefits associated therewith |
|
|
805,573 |
|
|
|
2,595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,595 |
|
Fair value of options assumed in Equator Technologies, Inc.
acquisition and deferred stock-based compensation
associated therewith |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,336 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,218 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,118 |
|
Reversal of deferred stock-based compensation due
to terminations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(380 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
380 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
Conversion of exchangeable shares to common stock |
|
|
74,986 |
|
|
|
710 |
|
|
|
(74,986 |
) |
|
|
(710 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(42,610 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(42,610 |
) |
|
|
(42,610 |
) |
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,034 |
) |
|
|
(4,034 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,034 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(46,644 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005 |
|
|
47,168,311 |
|
|
|
316,257 |
|
|
|
574,467 |
|
|
|
5,434 |
|
|
|
(3,503 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(773 |
) |
|
|
(102,198 |
) |
|
|
215,217 |
|
Stock issued under stock option and stock purchase plans |
|
|
918,683 |
|
|
|
1,543 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,543 |
|
Conversion of exchangeable shares to common stock |
|
|
526,832 |
|
|
|
4,984 |
|
|
|
(526,832 |
) |
|
|
(4,984 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial adjustment to adopt SFAS 123R |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(773 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
773 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,556 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,556 |
|
Net loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(204,178 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(204,178 |
) |
|
|
(204,178 |
) |
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(142 |
) |
|
|
(142 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(142 |
) |
Initial adjustment to adopt SFAS 158, net of tax of $16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(204,368 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006 |
|
|
48,613,826 |
|
|
$ |
331,567 |
|
|
|
47,635 |
|
|
$ |
450 |
|
|
$ |
(3,693 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(306,376 |
) |
|
$ |
21,948 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
61
PIXELWORKS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Nature of Business
Pixelworks, Inc. (Pixelworks or the
Company) is an innovative designer, developer and marketer
of semiconductors and software that specializes in video and pixel processing for the advanced
display industry, primarily advanced televisions, digital projectors and liquid crystal displays.
Our flexible design architecture enables our technology to produce high image quality in our
customers display products in a range of solutions including system-on-chips integrated circuits
(ICs) and co-processor ICs. We are headquartered in Tualatin, Oregon, with
design centers in Shanghai, China and San Jose, California.
Consolidated Financial Statements
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pixelworks and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. All foreign
subsidiaries use the U.S. dollar as the functional currency, and as a result, transaction gains and
losses are included in the statement of operations. Transaction gains (losses) were $(151), $258
and $77 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP) requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect amounts
reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Our significant estimates and
judgments include those related to product returns, warranty obligations, bad debts, inventory
valuation, property and equipment, valuation of share-based payments, intangible assets, income
taxes, litigation and other contingencies. The actual results experienced could differ materially
from our estimates.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2005 and 2004 consolidated financial statements to
conform to the 2006 presentation.
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Cash and Cash Equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the
date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents totaled $59,516 and $62,221 at December
31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Marketable Securities
Our investments in marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale in accordance with
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. (SFAS) 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities (SFAS 115). Available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value
based on quoted market prices with unrealized holding gains or losses, net of tax, included in
accumulated other
62
comprehensive income, a component of shareholders equity. The cost of
securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
We periodically evaluate whether declines in fair values of our investments below their cost are
other-than-temporary. This evaluation includes qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the
severity and duration of the unrealized loss, as well as our ability and intent to hold the
investment until a forecasted recovery occurs.
Short- and long-term marketable debt securities have remaining maturities of twelve months or less
and greater than twelve months, respectively, at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amount and do not bear interest when recorded or
accrue interest when past due. We do not have any off balance sheet exposure risk related to
customers.
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses that may result from the
inability of our customers to make required payments. The balance is determined based on our
historical write-off experience and the age of outstanding receivables at each reporting date. The
determination to write-off specific accounts receivable balances is made based on likelihood of
collection and past due status. Past due status is based on invoice date and terms specific to
each customer.
Inventories
Inventories consist of finished goods and work-in-process, and are stated at the lower of standard
cost (which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis) or market (net realizable
value), net of a reserve for slow-moving and obsolete items.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis
over the estimated useful life of the assets as follows:
|
|
|
Software
|
|
Lesser of 3 years or contractual license term |
Equipment, furniture and fixtures
|
|
2 years |
Tooling
|
|
2 years |
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Lessor of lease term or estimated useful life |
Reviews for impairment of property and equipment are performed whenever events or circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable, or that the useful life of
assets is shorter than originally estimated. Impairment is assessed in accordance with SFAS 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets (SFAS 144), by comparing the
projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the assets over their remaining useful lives
against their respective carrying amounts. Impairment, if any, is based on the excess of the
carrying amount over the fair value of the assets. During the year ended December 31, 2006, we
wrote off property and equipment of $2,331 in connection with our restructuring efforts. See Note
6.
The cost of property and equipment repairs and maintenance is expensed as incurred.
63
Acquired Intangible Assets
Acquired intangible assets consist of developed technology, customer relationships and trademark
assets. Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives
as follows: developed technology, five to seven years; customer relationships, three years; and
trademark, one year.
Intangible assets are reviewed regularly to determine whether events or circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable, or that the useful life of an asset is
shorter than originally estimated. If such events or circumstances exist, the assets are assessed
for recoverability in accordance with SFAS 144. During the year ended December 31, 2006, we
recorded impairment losses on acquired intangible assets of $23,083. See Note 4.
Licensed Technology
We have capitalized licensed technology assets in other long-term assets. These assets are stated
at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the license or the estimated
life of the asset, if the license is not contractually limited, which is generally three to five
years. These assets are assessed for impairment in accordance with SFAS 144 whenever events or
circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable, or that their useful
lives may be shorter than originally estimated. During the year ended December 31, 2006, we wrote
off capitalized licensed technology of $9,223 in connection with our restructuring efforts. See
Note 6.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in business
combinations. Goodwill is not amortized and is instead tested annually for impairment and more
frequently if events and circumstances indicate that it may be impaired. The impairment tests are
performed in accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Accordingly, an
impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its
implied fair value. This determination is made at the reporting unit level. We assigned all
goodwill to a single, enterprise-level reporting unit. The impairment test consists of two steps.
First, we determine the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair value is then compared to its
carrying amount. Second, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an
impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting units
goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is
determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase
price allocation in accordance with SFAS 141, Business Combinations. The residual fair value after
this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. We perform our annual
goodwill impairment test on January 1st of each year. During the year ended December
31, 2006, we recorded an impairment loss on goodwill of $133,739. See Note 4.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize revenue in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, Revenue
Recognition. Accordingly, we recognize revenue from product sales to customers and distributors
upon shipment provided that:
|
|
an authorized purchase order has been received; |
|
|
|
title and risk of loss have transferred; |
|
|
|
the sales price is fixed or determinable; and |
|
|
|
collectibility of the receivable is reasonably assured. |
64
There are no customer acceptance provisions associated with our products, and except for
replacement of defective products under our warranty program discussed below, we have no obligation
to accept product returns from end customers. However, we have accepted returns on a case-by-case
basis as customer accommodations in the past. As a result, we provide for estimated reductions to
gross profit for these sales returns in our reserve for sales returns and allowances. At the end
of each reporting period, we estimate the reserve based on historical experience and knowledge of
any applicable events or transactions. The reserve is included in accrued liabilities in our
consolidated balance sheet.
A portion of our sales are made to distributors under agreements that grant the distributor limited
stock rotation rights and price protection on in-stock inventory. The stock rotation rights allow
these distributors to exchange a limited amount of their in-stock inventory for other Pixelworks
product. We analyze historical stock rotations at the end of each reporting period. To date,
returns under the stock rotation provisions have been nominal. As a result, we have not recorded a
reserve for stock rotations.
Under the price protection provisions, we grant distributors credit if they purchased product for a
specific customer and we subsequently lower the price to the customer such that the distributor can
no longer earn its negotiated margin on in-stock inventory. At the end of each reporting period,
we estimate a reserve for price protection credits based on historical experience and knowledge of
any applicable events or transactions. The reserve for price protection is in included in our
reserve for sales returns and allowances, which is included in accrued liabilities in our
consolidated balance sheet.
Warranty Program
We warrant that our products will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of
twelve months from delivery. Warranty repairs are guaranteed for the remainder of the original
warranty period. Our warranty is limited to repairing or replacing products, or refunding the
purchase price. At the end of each reporting period, we estimate a reserve for warranty returns
based on historical experience and knowledge of any applicable events or transactions. While we
engage in extensive product quality programs and processes, which include actively monitoring and
evaluating the quality of our suppliers, should actual product failure rates or product replacement
costs differ from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability may be required.
The reserve for warranty returns is included in accrued liabilities in our consolidated balance
sheet.
Stock-Based Compensation
On January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R), which
requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment
awards, including stock options, based on the estimated fair value of the awards. Under SFAS 123R,
the fair value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as
expense over the requisite service period. In March 2005, the SEC issued SAB No. 107 relating to
SFAS 123R, which we have applied in our adoption of SFAS 123R. Upon adoption of SFAS 123R, we
elected to attribute the value of stock-based compensation to expense on the straight-line basis.
Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we accounted for stock-based awards to employees and directors
using the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25,
Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25) as allowed under SFAS 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123). Under the intrinsic value method, stock-based compensation
was measured as the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of Pixelworks common stock on the
date of grant, or other measurement date, over the amount that the option holder had to pay to
acquire the stock.
We used the modified prospective transition method in adopting SFAS 123R. Our consolidated
financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006 reflect the impact of SFAS
123R, and the
65
consolidated financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to
reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123R.
Research and Development
Research and development activities are charged to expense as incurred.
Income Taxes
We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This approach requires the
recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of
temporary differences between financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and
liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to
apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates
is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. We establish a valuation
allowance in accordance with SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (SFAS 109), to reduce deferred
tax assets to the amount expected more likely than not to be realized in future tax returns.
Tax contingency reserves are recorded to address potential exposures involving tax positions we
have taken that could be challenged by taxing authorities. These potential exposures result from
the varying applications of statutes, rules, regulations and interpretations. Our tax contingency
reserves contain assumptions based on past experiences and judgments about potential actions by
taxing jurisdictions. The ultimate resolution of these matters may be greater or less than the
amount we have accrued.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
SFAS 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, establishes standards for the reporting of comprehensive
income (loss) and its components. Unrealized holding gain (loss), net of tax, related to our
available-for-sale investments was ($142), ($4,034) and $531 for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004, respectively. Accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of tax of $0 |
|
$ |
(3,645 |
) |
|
$ |
(3,503 |
) |
Initial adjustment to adopt SFAS 158, net of tax of $16 |
|
|
(48 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
$ |
(3,693 |
) |
|
$ |
(3,503 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leases
We lease office space and equipment and classify our leases as either operating or capital lease
arrangements in accordance with the criteria of SFAS 13, Accounting for Leases. Certain of our
office space operating leases contain provisions under which monthly rent escalates over time and
certain leases may also contain provisions for reimbursement of a specified amount of leasehold
improvements. When lease agreements contain escalating rent clauses, we straight-line rent expense
over the term of the lease. When lease agreements provide allowances for leasehold improvements,
we capitalize the leasehold improvement assets and amortize them on a straight-line basis over the
lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset, and reduce rent expense on a
straight-line basis over the term of the lease by the amount of the asset capitalized.
66
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of our monetary assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents,
marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximates the carrying value
due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The fair value of our long-term debt was
$98,140 as of December 31, 2006, as compared to its carrying value of $140,000. The fair value of
long-term debt was based on the quoted market price of the debt.
Risks and Uncertainties
Concentration of Suppliers
We do not own or operate a semiconductor fabrication facility and do not have the resources to
manufacture our products internally. We rely on four third-party foundries to produce all of our
products and we do not have any long-term agreements with any of these suppliers. In light of
these dependencies, it is reasonably possible that failure to perform by one of these suppliers
could have a severe impact on our results of operations.
Risk of Technological Change
The markets in which we compete, or seek to compete, are subject to rapid technological change,
frequent new product introductions, changing customer requirements for new products and features
and evolving industry standards. The introduction of new technologies and the emergence of new
industry standards could render our products less desirable or obsolete, which could harm our
business.
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash
equivalents, short- and long-term marketable securities and accounts receivable. We limit our
exposure to credit risk associated with cash equivalent and marketable security balances by placing
our funds in various high-quality securities and limiting concentrations of issuers and maturity
dates. We limit our exposure to credit risk associated with accounts receivable by carefully
evaluating creditworthiness before offering terms to customers.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of
Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (SAB
108), which provides guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in
quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. The purpose of
SAB 108 is to address diversity in practice in quantifying financial statements misstatements and
the potential under current practice for the build up of improper amounts on the balance sheet.
SAB 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006 and, accordingly, we adopted
SAB 108 on December 31, 2006. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on our
consolidated statements of financial position or results of operations.
In September 2006, The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. (SFAS) 158, Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other
Postretirement Plans (SFAS 158). SFAS 158 requires a) an employer to recognize the overfunded or
underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its
statement of financial position, b) to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which
the changes occur through comprehensive income, c) to measure the funded status of a plan as of the
date of its year-end
67
statement of financial position, with limited exceptions, and d) disclose in
the notes to financial statements additional information about certain effects on net periodic
benefit cost for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses,
prior service costs or credits, and transition asset or obligation. An employer with publicly
traded equity securities is required to adopt SFAS 158 as of the end of the fiscal year ending
after December 15, 2006, with the exception of the measurement of the funded status of the plan as
of the date of the employers year-end statement of financial position. The requirement to measure
plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employers fiscal year end statement of
financial position is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008, with earlier
application encouraged. Retrospective application of SFAS 158 is not permitted. Accordingly, we
adopted the recognition provisions of SFAS 158 on December 31, 2006. The adoption of SFAS 158
resulted in an initial adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive loss of $48, net of tax of
$16, which is included in the statement of shareholders equity.
NOTE 3. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in our consolidated statement operations for the year
ended December 31, 2006 includes 1) compensation expense of $8,203 for share-based payment awards
granted prior to, but not yet vested, as of December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of SFAS 123 and 2) compensation expense of
$1,353 for share-based payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 based on the grant
date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. For the year ended
December 31, 2006, loss before income taxes and net loss would have been lower by $9,197 and basic
and diluted net loss per share would have been ($4.04) had we continued to account for our
share-based awards to employees in accordance with APB 25.
No stock-based compensation cost was capitalized as part of an asset during the year ended December
31, 2006. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized
compensation costs were reported as operating cash flows. SFAS 123R requires the benefits of tax
deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options to be classified as
financing cash inflows rather than operating cash inflows on a prospective basis. This amount
would be shown as Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options on the consolidated statement
of cash flows. There was no realized excess tax benefits in the year ended December 31, 2006.
The fair value of stock-based compensation was determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model and the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Stock Option Plans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate |
|
|
4.00 |
% |
|
|
3.95 |
% |
|
|
3.88 |
% |
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
Expected life (in years) |
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
Volatility |
|
|
61 |
% |
|
|
90 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Risk free interest rate |
|
|
4.91 |
% |
|
|
3.13 |
% |
|
|
1.87 |
% |
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
Expected life (in years) |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
Volatility |
|
|
57 |
% |
|
|
68 |
% |
|
|
103 |
% |
68
The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005
and 2004 was $1.89, $5.91 and $11.32, respectively. The risk free interest rate is estimated using
an average of treasury bill interest rates. The expected dividend yield is zero as we have not
paid any dividends to date and do not expect to pay dividends in the future. The expected term is
estimated using expected and historical exercise behavior. The expected volatility is estimated
using historical calculated volatility and considers factors such as future events or circumstances
that could impact volatility.
Had we accounted for stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS 123 prior to January 1, 2006,
our net loss would have approximated the following pro-forma amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Net income (loss) as reported |
|
$ |
(42,610 |
) |
|
$ |
21,781 |
|
Add: Stock-based compensation included in reported
net income (loss), net of related tax effects |
|
|
1,125 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
Deduct: Stock-based compensation determined under
the fair value based method, net of related tax effects |
|
|
(14,913 |
) |
|
|
(11,750 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro-forma net income (loss) |
|
$ |
(56,398 |
) |
|
$ |
10,289 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reported net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(0.90 |
) |
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
(0.90 |
) |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro-forma net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
$ |
(1.19 |
) |
|
$ |
0.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted |
|
$ |
(1.19 |
) |
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006, unrecognized compensation cost is $14,107, which is expected to be
recognized as compensation expense over a weighted average period of 2.5 years.
69
NOTE 4. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS
Short- and Long-Term Marketable Securities
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, all of our marketable securities are classified as
available-for-sale and consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortized |
|
|
Unrealized |
|
|
Fair |
|
|
|
Cost |
|
|
Gain (Loss) |
|
|
Value |
|
Short-term marketable securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auction rate securities |
|
$ |
29,000 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
29,000 |
|
US government agencies debt securities |
|
|
14,630 |
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
14,616 |
|
Commercial paper |
|
|
6,195 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
6,191 |
|
Corporate debt securities |
|
|
1,984 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1,985 |
|
Foreign government debt securities |
|
|
1,208 |
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
1,191 |
|
Municipal debt securities |
|
|
1,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
54,019 |
|
|
$ |
(34 |
) |
|
$ |
53,985 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2005: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auction rate securities |
|
$ |
27,800 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
27,800 |
|
US government agencies debt securities |
|
|
14,814 |
|
|
|
(103 |
) |
|
|
14,711 |
|
Commercial paper |
|
|
5,761 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
5,754 |
|
Corporate debt securities |
|
|
4,171 |
|
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
4,162 |
|
Foreign government debt securities |
|
|
3,188 |
|
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
3,165 |
|
Municipal debt securities |
|
|
4,301 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
4,296 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
60,035 |
|
|
$ |
(147 |
) |
|
$ |
59,888 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term marketable securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity security |
|
$ |
10,000 |
|
|
$ |
(3,560 |
) |
|
$ |
6,440 |
|
US government agencies debt securities |
|
|
6,026 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
6,001 |
|
Corporate debt securities |
|
|
3,535 |
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
3,517 |
|
Foreign government debt securities |
|
|
1,554 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
1,546 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
21,115 |
|
|
$ |
(3,611 |
) |
|
$ |
17,504 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2005: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity security |
|
$ |
10,000 |
|
|
$ |
(3,240 |
) |
|
$ |
6,760 |
|
US government agencies debt securities |
|
|
7,872 |
|
|
|
(69 |
) |
|
|
7,803 |
|
Corporate debt securities |
|
|
609 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
596 |
|
Foreign government debt securities |
|
|
990 |
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
960 |
|
Municipal debt securities |
|
|
1,030 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
1,026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
20,501 |
|
|
$ |
(3,356 |
) |
|
$ |
17,145 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2006, we determined that gross unrealized losses on our marketable securities
were temporary based on the duration of the unrealized losses. As of December 31, 2006, the
unrealized loss for securities in an unrealized loss position for more than one year was $3,629,
which consists primarily of our equity security with an unrealized loss of $3,560.
70
During the year ended December 31, 2005, we had sales of marketable securities prior to maturity of
$102,576, which is included in proceeds from the sales or maturities of available-for-sale
marketable securities in the consolidated statement of cash flows. We did not have any sales of
marketable securities prior to maturity during the years ended December 31, 2006 or 2004.
Maturities of long-term marketable securities range from one to three years at December 31, 2006.
Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable, net consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Accounts receivable, gross |
|
$ |
9,515 |
|
|
$ |
20,139 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
(200 |
) |
|
|
(212 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
$ |
9,315 |
|
|
$ |
19,927 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2006, $12 was charged against the allowance for doubtful
accounts. There were no charges against the allowance during the years ended December 31, 2005 and
2004, and bad debt expense was $0 for each of the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
Inventories, Net
Inventories, net consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Finished goods |
|
$ |
15,409 |
|
|
$ |
20,623 |
|
Work-in-process |
|
|
4,350 |
|
|
|
7,350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,759 |
|
|
|
27,973 |
|
Reserve for slow moving and obsolete items |
|
|
(5,950 |
) |
|
|
(1,396 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories, net |
|
$ |
13,809 |
|
|
$ |
26,577 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a summary of the change in our reserve for slow-moving and obsolete items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
$ |
1,396 |
|
|
$ |
1,589 |
|
|
$ |
1,942 |
|
Usage: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventory scrapped |
|
|
(1,282 |
) |
|
|
(730 |
) |
|
|
(521 |
) |
Inventory utilized |
|
|
(379 |
) |
|
|
(795 |
) |
|
|
(735 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal usage |
|
|
(1,661 |
) |
|
|
(1,525 |
) |
|
|
(1,256 |
) |
Provision |
|
|
6,215 |
|
|
|
1,332 |
|
|
|
903 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year |
|
$ |
5,950 |
|
|
$ |
1,396 |
|
|
$ |
1,589 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2006, we recorded increased provisions for slow-moving and
obsolete inventory primarily due to regulations imposed by the European Unions Restriction of
Hazardous
71
Substance Directive. This directive prevents us from selling parts containing specific
hazardous substances such as lead to certain of our customers. Additionally, lower revenue and
increased lower of cost or market reserves on certain parts contributed to the increase in our
reserve for slow-moving and obsolete inventory.
While we do not currently expect to be able to sell or otherwise use the reserved inventory we have
on hand at December 31, 2006 based upon our forecast and backlog, it is possible that a customer
will decide in the future to purchase a portion of the reserved inventory. It is not possible for
us to predict if or when this may happen, or how much we may sell. If such sales occur, we do not
expect that they will have a material impact on our gross profit margin.
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Software |
|
$ |
39,042 |
|
|
$ |
36,948 |
|
Equipment, furniture and fixtures |
|
|
18,515 |
|
|
|
15,924 |
|
Tooling |
|
|
5,003 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
3,365 |
|
|
|
2,674 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65,925 |
|
|
|
60,546 |
|
Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
(43,994 |
) |
|
|
(31,517 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
21,931 |
|
|
$ |
29,029 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software amortization was $7,620, $5,781 and $3,160 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and
2004, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for equipment, furniture, fixtures,
tooling and leasehold improvements was $5,396, $4,687 and $3,479 for the years ended December 31,
2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Other Assets, Net
Other assets, net consists primarily of licensed technology as of December 31, 2006 and 2005.
During the fourth quarter of 2006, we wrote off approximately $9,223 of licensed technology, which
is included in restructuring in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2006. This licensed technology was written off based on our decision not to pursue
further development of projects that incorporate the technology, and there were no alternate future
uses for the assets. See Note 6.
72
Acquired Intangible Assets, Net
Acquired intangible assets, net consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Gross carrying amount: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developed technology |
|
$ |
19,170 |
|
|
$ |
40,500 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
1,689 |
|
|
|
3,400 |
|
Backlog and trademark |
|
|
758 |
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,617 |
|
|
|
44,700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developed technology |
|
|
(10,144 |
) |
|
|
(6,057 |
) |
Customer relationships |
|
|
(1,166 |
) |
|
|
(614 |
) |
Backlog and trademark |
|
|
(758 |
) |
|
|
(708 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,068 |
) |
|
|
(7,379 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquired intangible assets, net |
|
$ |
9,549 |
|
|
$ |
37,321 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In April 2006, we initiated a plan to improve our breakeven point by reducing manufacturing
overhead and operating expenses and focusing on our core business. The plan included integrating
the Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) technology that we acquired as a result of our
acquisition of Equator Technologies, Inc. (Equator) in June 2005 with our advanced television
technology product development. We are no longer pursuing stand-alone digital media streaming
markets that are not core to advanced television. As a result of this change, we performed an
impairment analysis in accordance with SFAS 144 as of March 31, 2006 on acquired intangible assets.
We recorded impairment losses on the developed technology, customer relationships and trademark
intangible assets acquired from Equator. The impairment losses were equal to the excess of the
carrying value over the estimated fair value of these intangible assets. Estimated fair value was
determined using the discounted cash flow method. The new cost basis of these acquired intangible
assets is being amortized over their remaining useful lives. The impairment loss of $23,083 is
included in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006, of which $21,330 is
related to developed technology and is included in cost of revenue.
Amortization expense was $4,689, $6,199 and $1,015 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and
2004, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year ending December 31: |
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
$ |
3,179 |
|
2008 |
|
|
2,984 |
|
2009 |
|
|
2,336 |
|
2010 |
|
|
1,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,549 |
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
We recorded goodwill in connection with our acquisitions of Equator in June 2005, nDSP in January
2002, and Panstera in January 2001.
On January 1, 2006, we performed our annual impairment test and determined no impairment existed.
As the market value of our common stock fell below our book value during the second quarter of
2006, we
73
performed an additional goodwill impairment test on June 30, 2006. As a result of this
impairment analysis, we recorded an impairment loss on goodwill of $133,739 in the second quarter
of 2006. We calculated the impairment loss based on an allocation of the fair value of the
Companys equity to the fair value of the Companys assets and liabilities in a manner similar to a
purchase price allocation in a business combination. In the allocation, goodwill was determined to
have no implied fair value and as a result, the entire balance was written off.
Accrued Liabilities and Current Portion of Long-Term Liabilities
Accrued liabilities and current portion of long-term liabilities consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Current portion of accrued liabilities for asset financings |
|
$ |
7,733 |
|
|
$ |
11,940 |
|
Accrued payroll and related liabilities |
|
|
6,130 |
|
|
|
5,294 |
|
Accrued manufacturing liabilities |
|
|
2,338 |
|
|
|
3,612 |
|
Current portion of accrued remaining lease payments |
|
|
762 |
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued commissions and royalties |
|
|
693 |
|
|
|
1,232 |
|
Reserve for warranty returns |
|
|
662 |
|
|
|
577 |
|
Reserve for sales returns and allowances |
|
|
479 |
|
|
|
237 |
|
Accrued interest payable |
|
|
399 |
|
|
|
335 |
|
Other |
|
|
2,478 |
|
|
|
3,042 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
21,674 |
|
|
$ |
26,269 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From time to time, we have acquired software and licensed technology assets under purchase
agreements that provide extended payment terms. The payment periods vary, but generally extend
over a period of one month to two years. We are obligated to make all payments accrued, and there
are no contingencies attached to any of the agreements. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the
non-current portion of these obligations is $5,563 and $12,712, respectively, and is included in
long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The December 31, 2006 current portion of
$7,733 is due in 2007, and the non-current portion of $5,563 is due in 2008.
74
The following is a summary of the changes in our reserves for sales returns and allowances and
warranty returns:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Reserve for sales returns and allowances: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
$ |
237 |
|
|
$ |
524 |
|
|
$ |
202 |
|
Provision |
|
|
665 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
977 |
|
Charge offs |
|
|
(423 |
) |
|
|
(339 |
) |
|
|
(655 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year |
|
$ |
479 |
|
|
$ |
237 |
|
|
$ |
524 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserve for warranty returns: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
$ |
577 |
|
|
$ |
419 |
|
|
$ |
569 |
|
Provision |
|
|
990 |
|
|
|
813 |
|
|
|
241 |
|
Charge offs |
|
|
(905 |
) |
|
|
(655 |
) |
|
|
(391 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of year |
|
$ |
662 |
|
|
$ |
577 |
|
|
$ |
419 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt and Debt Issuance Costs
On May 18, 2004, we issued $125,000 of convertible subordinated debentures (the debentures) due
2024 in a private offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(Securities Act) and outside of the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the
Securities Act. On June 4, 2004, we issued an additional $25,000 of debentures pursuant to the
exercise of an option granted to the initial purchasers. The debentures have been registered with
the SEC for resale under the Securities Act.
In February 2006, we repurchased in the open market, and retired, $10,000 of our outstanding
debentures for $6,800 in cash. We recognized a gain through other income on the repurchase of
$3,200, which is included in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 net
of a write-off of debt issuance costs of $191. As of December 31, 2006, we have outstanding
debentures in the amount of $140,000.
The debentures bear interest at a rate of 1.75% per annum and interest is payable on May
15th and November 15th of each year. Under certain circumstances, the
debentures are convertible into our common stock at a conversion rate of 41.0627 shares of common
stock per $1 principal amount of debentures, for a total of 5,748,778 shares. This is equivalent
to a conversion price of approximately $24.35 per share. The outstanding debentures are
convertible if (a) our stock trades above 130% of the conversion price for 20 out of 30 consecutive
trading days during any calendar quarter, (b) the debentures trade at an amount less than or equal
to 98% of the if-converted value of the notes for five consecutive trading days, (c) a call for
redemption occurs, or (d) in the event of certain other specified corporate transactions. We may
redeem some or all of the debentures for cash on or after May 15, 2011 at a price equal to 100% of
the principal amount of the debentures plus accrued and unpaid interest. The holders of the
debentures have the right to require us to purchase all or a portion of their debentures on May 15,
2011, May 15, 2014 and May 15, 2019 at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued
and unpaid interest.
The debentures are unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all our
existing and future senior debt, and are effectively subordinated to all existing and future debt
of our subsidiaries. At December 31, 2006, we had no senior debt outstanding and our subsidiaries
had approximately $3,640 of liabilities to which the debentures were effectively subordinated.
75
The debentures meet the definition of conventional convertible debt in EITF Issue No. 00-19,
Accounting for Derivative Financial Instruments Indexed to, and Potentially Settled in, a Companys
Own Stock. We have evaluated each of the put, call and conversion features of the debentures and
concluded that none of these features constitute embedded derivatives under the accounting rules
that must be bifurcated from the host contract and accounted for as derivatives in accordance with
SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.
The fees associated with the issuance of the convertible debentures included $4,500 withheld from
the proceeds and $462 paid in cash. These debt issuance costs have been capitalized and are
included in long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The debt issuance costs are being
amortized over seven years on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest rate
method.
NOTE 5. EARNINGS PER SHARE
We calculate earnings per share in accordance with SFAS 128, Earnings per Share. Basic earnings
per share amounts are computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding,
and include exchangeable shares. These exchangeable shares, which were issued on September 6, 2002
by Jaldi, our Canadian subsidiary, to its shareholders in connection with the Jaldi asset
acquisition, have characteristics essentially equivalent to Pixelworks common stock.
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding includes the increased number of common shares that
would be outstanding assuming the exercise of certain outstanding stock options and the vesting of
certain restricted stock, when such exercise or vesting would have the effect of reducing earnings
per share. In the fourth quarter of 2004, we adopted EITF Issue No. 04-8, The Effect of
Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted Earnings per Share. As a result, diluted weighted average
shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes the increased number of common
shares that would be outstanding assuming the conversion of our convertible subordinated
debentures, using the if-converted method, when such conversion would have the effect of reducing
earnings per share. The effect was antidilutive in all other periods presented.
The following schedule reconciles basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the
periods presented:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Basic weighted average shares outstanding |
|
|
48,288,907 |
|
|
|
47,337,122 |
|
|
|
46,672,766 |
|
Incremental shares related to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of debentures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,772,495 |
|
Stock options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,604,200 |
|
Restricted stock subject to vesting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,397 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding |
|
|
48,288,907 |
|
|
|
47,337,122 |
|
|
|
52,061,858 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
Due to our net loss position for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, the following weighted
average shares were excluded from diluted weighted average shares outstanding, as their effect
would have been anti-dilutive:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
Stock options |
|
|
8,612,964 |
|
|
|
8,990,140 |
|
Conversion of debentures |
|
|
5,797,716 |
|
|
|
6,159,405 |
|
Weighted average outstanding stock options of 2,262,702 have been excluded from the computation of
diluted net income per share for the year ended December 31, 2004 because the options exercise
prices were greater than the average market value of Pixelworks common stock, which has the effect
of making these potential shares anti-dilutive.
Net loss used in the calculation of basic net loss per share was the same as net loss used in
calculating diluted net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005. The
following schedule reconciles net income used in the calculation of basic net income per share to
net income used in the calculation of diluted net income per share for the year ended December 31,
2004:
|
|
|
|
|
Net income used in calculating basic net income per share |
|
$ |
21,781 |
|
Add: Interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs, net of tax |
|
|
1,522 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net income used in calculating diluted net income per share |
|
$ |
23,303 |
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 6. RESTRUCTURINGS
In April 2006, we initiated a restructuring plan to improve our breakeven point by reducing
manufacturing overhead and operating expenses and focusing on our core business. The plan included
integrating the IPTV technology that we acquired from Equator with our advanced television
technology product development. We are no longer pursuing other stand-alone digital media
streaming markets that are not core to advanced television.
In November 2006, we initiated an additional restructuring plan to further reduce operating
expenses. This additional plan includes further consolidation of our North American operations in
order to achieve reduced compensation and rent expenses, while at the same time making critical
infrastructure investments in people, process and information systems to improve our operating
efficiency.
77
Total restructuring expense included in our statement of operations for the year ended December 31,
2006 is comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue restructuring: |
|
|
|
|
Licensed technology and tooling write offs |
|
$ |
2,072 |
|
Termination and retention benefits |
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses restructuring: |
|
|
|
|
Licensed technology, software and other assets write offs |
|
|
8,490 |
|
Termination and retention benefits |
|
|
2,734 |
|
Consolidation of leased space |
|
|
2,092 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,316 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total restructuring expense |
|
$ |
15,435 |
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a rollforward of the accrued liabilities related to the restructurings for the
year ended December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of |
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
Expensed |
|
|
Payments |
|
|
2006 |
|
Lease termination costs |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,905 |
|
|
$ |
(381 |
) |
|
$ |
1,524 |
|
Termination and
retention benefits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,781 |
|
|
|
(1,588 |
) |
|
|
1,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
4,686 |
|
|
$ |
(1,969 |
) |
|
$ |
2,717 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As we continue efforts of implementing the restructuring plan announced in November 2006, we expect
to incur restructuring charges of $3,500 to $4,000 over the next several quarters, consisting
primarily of costs related to termination and retention benefits and the consolidation of leased
space.
In October 2005, we initiated a restructuring plan to improve the effectiveness and timeliness of
our product development efforts in order to reduce our overall development costs. The
restructuring resulted in a reduction-in-force of 36 employees during the fourth quarter of 2005.
These employees were given severance benefits, which were expensed and paid in the fourth quarter
of 2005. The total amount of these benefits was approximately $1,162. As of December 31, 2005, we
had a nominal amount accrued related to this restructuring, which was paid in January 2006.
78
NOTE 7. INCOME TAXES
Domestic and foreign pre-tax income (loss) is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Domestic |
|
$ |
(206,239 |
) |
|
$ |
(21,482 |
) |
|
$ |
28,891 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
1,112 |
|
|
|
1,294 |
|
|
|
880 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(205,127 |
) |
|
$ |
(20,188 |
) |
|
$ |
29,771 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) attributable to continuing operations is comprised of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
$ |
(1,535 |
) |
|
$ |
73 |
|
|
$ |
8,391 |
|
State |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
457 |
|
Foreign |
|
|
1,549 |
|
|
|
8,453 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
8,786 |
|
|
|
9,091 |
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,754 |
|
|
|
(161 |
) |
State |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,882 |
|
|
|
(940 |
) |
Foreign |
|
|
(967 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred |
|
|
(967 |
) |
|
|
13,636 |
|
|
|
(1,101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
$ |
(949 |
) |
|
$ |
22,422 |
|
|
$ |
7,990 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The significant components of deferred income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Change in gross deferred tax assets and liabilities |
|
$ |
(49,304 |
) |
|
$ |
(57,359 |
) |
|
$ |
3,362 |
|
Deferred tax assets reducing goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,445 |
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance
for deferred tax assets |
|
|
48,337 |
|
|
|
63,550 |
|
|
|
(4,463 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax expense (benefit) |
|
$ |
(967 |
) |
|
$ |
13,636 |
|
|
$ |
(1,101 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
A portion of income tax expense (benefit) has been allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
Goodwill |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(8,257 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,110 |
) |
Shareholders equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(609 |
) |
|
|
(4,485 |
) |
Of the $8,257 benefit allocated to goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2005, $812 related to
the income tax benefit of stock options.
The significant differences between the U.S. federal statutory tax rate and our effective tax rate
for financial statement purposes are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Expected income tax rate |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
|
|
35 |
% |
Increase (decrease) resulting from: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in valuation allowance |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(192 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
Impairment loss on goodwill |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and experimentation credit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
Increase in deferred tax rates |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in beginning balance of acquired deferred
tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign tax refund |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difference
between financial and tax reporting for stock option exercises |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Amortization of acquired intellectual property,
assembled workforce and deferred tax charge |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual tax (expense) benefit |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
(111 |
)% |
|
|
27 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
The tax effects of temporary differences and net operating loss carryforwards which give rise to
significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards |
|
$ |
80,074 |
|
|
$ |
60,439 |
|
Research and experimentation credit carryforwards |
|
|
25,709 |
|
|
|
14,270 |
|
Foreign tax credit carryforwards |
|
|
8,048 |
|
|
|
7,598 |
|
Deferred compensation |
|
|
3,315 |
|
|
|
29 |
|
Reserves and accrued expenses |
|
|
3,124 |
|
|
|
1,456 |
|
Depreciation |
|
|
2,680 |
|
|
|
1,135 |
|
Accrued vacation |
|
|
570 |
|
|
|
599 |
|
Other |
|
|
2,252 |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets |
|
|
125,772 |
|
|
|
86,677 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liability amortization |
|
|
(3,522 |
) |
|
|
(13,731 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less valuation allowance |
|
|
(120,877 |
) |
|
|
(72,540 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets |
|
$ |
1,373 |
|
|
$ |
406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The current portion of the net deferred tax asset balance is $445 and $0 as of December 31, 2006
and 2005, respectively. The current portion is included in prepaid expenses and other current
assets in the consolidated balance sheet. The non-current portion of the net deferred tax asset
balance is $928 and $406 as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The non-current portion
is included in other assets, net in the consolidated balance sheet, and is offset by a contingency
reserve of $406, which is included in income taxes payable. As of December 31, 2006, we have
federal income tax receivable of approximately $1,645 included in prepaid expenses and other
current assets in our consolidated balance sheet.
As of December 31, 2006, the net deferred tax asset relates primarily to foreign jurisdictions
where we have concluded it is more likely than not that we will realize the net deferred tax assets
in a future period. In addition, as of December 31, 2006, we have provided for a full valuation
allowance on essentially all of our U.S. and Canadian net deferred tax assets as it is not more
likely than not that we will realize these net deferred tax assets in a future period. As of
December 31, 2005, we have provided a full valuation allowance on essentially all of our net
deferred tax assets as it is not more likely than not that we will realize these net deferred tax
assets in a future period.
The net increase (decrease) in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2006,
2005 and 2004 was $48,337, $63,550, and ($4,462), respectively. The increase in 2005 included
$38,773 which was allocated to the statement of operations and $24,777 which was added to offset
tax assets acquired from Equator for which we did not believe we could realized a benefit. SFAS
109 requires that a valuation allowance be recorded when it is more likely than not that some
portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. We consider future taxable income by
jurisdiction, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and tax planning strategies when
making our assessment.
If recognized due to the reversal of valuation allowance, certain tax benefits in the amount of
$31,298 will be allocated first to acquired intangible assets and second to the statement of
operations.
81
As of December 31, 2006, we have federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $197,334, $99,657 and $9,423, respectively, which will expire between the years 2008
and 2026. As of December 31, 2006, we have available federal, state and foreign research and
experimentation tax credit carryforwards of approximately $14,623, $6,562 and $4,524, respectively,
which began expiring in 2006. Utilization of a portion of the U.S. net operating loss and credit
carryforwards is subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership change provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. An ownership change subject to these
provisions occurred with the acquisitions of nDSP in 2002 and Equator in 2005. The net operating
loss carryforwards acquired from Equator in the amount of approximately $159,000 federal and
$56,000 state may not be realizable due to tax regulations relating to changes in the business
activities of the acquired entity.
We had undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $5,653 as of December 31,
2006, for which deferred taxes have not been provided. Such earnings are considered indefinitely
invested outside of the United States. If repatriated, some of these earnings could generate
foreign tax credits that may reduce the federal tax liability associated with any future foreign
dividend.
We have recorded tax reserves to address potential exposures involving positions that could be
challenged by taxing authorities. The tax reserves are reviewed as circumstances warrant and
adjusted as events occur that affect our potential liability for additional taxes. While we
believe we have adequately provided for potential exposures, the ultimate resolution of these
matters may be greater or less than the amount we have accrued.
NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Royalties
We license technology from third parties and have agreed to pay certain suppliers a per unit
royalty based on either the number of chips sold or manufactured, or the net sales price of the
chips containing the licensed technology. Royalty expense was $2,767, $3,056 and $2,493 for the
years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, which is included in cost of revenue in
the consolidated statements of operations.
401(k) Plan
We have a profit-sharing plan for eligible employees under the provisions of Internal Revenue Code
Section 401(k). Participants may defer a percentage of their annual compensation on a pre-tax
basis, not to exceed the dollar limit that is set by law. A discretionary matching contribution by
the Company is allowed and is equal to a uniform percentage of the amount of salary reduction
elected to be deferred, which percentage will be determined each year by the Company. The Company
made no contributions to the 401(k) plan during 2006, 2005 or 2004.
82
Leases
At December 31, 2006, future minimum payments under operating leases are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ending December 31: |
|
|
|
|
2007 |
|
$ |
3,641 |
|
2008 |
|
|
2,679 |
|
2009 |
|
|
1,365 |
|
2010 |
|
|
1,207 |
|
2011 |
|
|
1,167 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
1,324 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum lease payments above are net of sublease rentals of $194, $225 and $41 for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Rent expense for the years ended December 31,
2006, 2005 and 2004 was $4,437, $4,381 and $2,942, respectively.
Contract Manufacturers
In the normal course of business, we commit to purchase products from our contract manufacturers to
be delivered within the next 90 days. In certain situations, should we cancel an order, we could
be required to pay cancellation fees. Such obligations could impact our immediate results of
operations but would not materially affect our business.
Indemnifications
Certain of our agreements include limited indemnification provisions for claims from third-parties
relating to our intellectual property. Such indemnification provisions are accounted for in
accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Summary of Interpretation No. 45, Guarantors
Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of
Indebtedness of Others-an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of
FASB Interpretation No. 34. The indemnification is limited to the amount paid by the customer. As
of December 31, 2006, we have not incurred any material liabilities arising from these
indemnification obligations. However, in the future such obligations could immediately impact our
results of operations but are not expected to materially affect our business.
Legal Proceedings
We are subject to legal matters that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our
business. Although we currently believe that resolving such matters, individually or in the
aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, our results of
operations, or our cash flows, these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties and our view of
these matters may change in the future.
In the fourth quarter of 2006, our claim against funds placed in escrow in connection with the
Equator acquisition was settled. We received proceeds net of legal fees of $4,800, which is
included in our consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006.
83
NOTE 9. SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
Cash paid during the year for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest |
|
$ |
2,657 |
|
|
$ |
2,638 |
|
|
$ |
1,293 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
1,691 |
|
|
|
530 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions of property and equipment and other assets
under extended payment terms |
|
$ |
5,822 |
|
|
$ |
28,820 |
|
|
$ |
8,450 |
|
Increase in leasehold improvements and deferred rent
related to a tenant improvement allowance received |
|
|
1,002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value of options assumed in the acquisition of Equator |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,336 |
|
|
|
|
|
Transfer of cost-based investment to available-for-sale
marketable security |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
Debt issuance costs withheld from proceeds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,500 |
|
Release and cancellation of shares held in escrow |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
541 |
|
NOTE 10. SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
Preferred Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001
per share. The Board of Directors is authorized to fix or alter the rights, preferences,
privileges and restrictions granted to, or imposed on, each series of preferred stock.
As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, there is one series of preferred stock designated as the Special
Voting Share Series, of which there is one voting share issued and outstanding. The series was
designated and the share was issued in 2002 in connection with our Jaldi asset acquisition. The
voting share entitles the holders of exchangeable shares (see below) to vote on any matters that
come before the Pixelworks common shareholders.
The holder of the voting share is not entitled to receive dividends. In the event of any
dissolution of the Company, the holder of the voting share is entitled to be paid out of the net
assets of the Company an amount equal to $0.001, before any payment is made to the holders of
common stock.
Common Stock
The Company is authorized to issue 250,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001
per share. Shareholders of common stock have unlimited voting rights and are entitled to receive
the net assets of the Company upon dissolution, subject to the rights of the preferred
shareholders.
Exchangeable Shares
In connection with the Jaldi asset acquisition, Jaldi issued 1,731,099 exchangeable shares to its
shareholders. The voting share described above is held in trust for the benefit of the holders of
the exchangeable shares and provides the holders of the exchangeable shares with dividend, voting
and other
84
rights equivalent to those of Pixelworks common shareholders. These exchangeable shares
are the economic equivalent of Pixelworks common shares, and may be exchanged at any time for
Pixelworks common stock on a one-for-one basis.
Stock Option Plans
On May 23, 2006, our shareholders approved the adoption of the Pixelworks, Inc. 2006 Stock
Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan), under which 4,000,000 shares of our common stock may be issued.
The 2006 Plan replaced our previously existing stock incentive plans including our 1997 Stock
Incentive Plan, as amended, our 2001 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan, the Equator Technologies, Inc.
1996 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and Equator Technologies, Inc. stand-alone option plans
(collectively, Old Stock Incentive Plans). No additional options may be issued under the Old
Stock Incentive Plans, although previously granted awards under the Old Stock Incentive Plans
remain outstanding according to their original terms.
On October 26, 2006, our shareholders approved a stock option exchange program under which eligible
employees could elect to exchange eligible outstanding stock options. Eligible options were
surrendered in exchange for new options at a rate of 4-to-1, at the then current market price of
our common stock and have a new vesting schedule. These new options have a seven-year life with
33% vesting on June 30, 2007 and the remaining 67% on a monthly basis over the following 12 months,
for a total of 18 months, subject to continued employment. On December 4, 2006 the stock option
exchange was effectuated, whereby 184 employees surrendered 1,739,920 options in exchange for
434,980 options with an exercise price of $2.49 per share.
Options granted must generally be exercised while the individual is an employee and within seven or
ten years of the date of grant. Our new hire vesting schedule provides that each option becomes
exercisable at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary date of the grant, and 2.083% on the last day
of every month thereafter for a total of 36 additional increments. During August 2006, we changed
our merit vesting schedule to provide that merit-type awards become exercisable monthly over a
period of three years. Prior to August 2006, our merit vesting schedule provided that options
become exercisable monthly for a period of four years, with 10% becoming exercisable in the first
year, 20% becoming exercisable in the second year, 30% becoming exercisable in the third year and
40% becoming exercisable in the fourth year.
In connection with our acquisition of Equator, we assumed the Equator Technologies, Inc. 1996 Stock
Incentive Plan and certain stand-alone Equator stock option plans and issued 1,263,417 options to
purchase Pixelworks common stock in exchange for Equator options outstanding hereunder. No
additional stock option grants were made under these plans.
85
The following is a summary of stock option activity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
average |
|
|
|
Number |
|
|
exercise |
|
|
|
of shares |
|
|
price |
|
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2003 |
|
|
6,271,739 |
|
|
$ |
9.86 |
|
Granted |
|
|
2,595,005 |
|
|
|
14.03 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(809,966 |
) |
|
|
4.91 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(403,857 |
) |
|
|
10.26 |
|
Expired |
|
|
(127,786 |
) |
|
|
20.90 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2004 |
|
|
7,525,135 |
|
|
|
11.63 |
|
Granted |
|
|
2,560,030 |
|
|
|
8.48 |
|
Exchanged in acquisition |
|
|
1,263,417 |
|
|
|
1.26 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(608,754 |
) |
|
|
1.05 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(1,115,023 |
) |
|
|
10.58 |
|
Expired |
|
|
(461,323 |
) |
|
|
12.73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 |
|
|
9,163,482 |
|
|
|
10.09 |
|
Granted |
|
|
3,130,955 |
|
|
|
3.46 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(558,192 |
) |
|
|
0.81 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(2,287,616 |
) |
|
|
9.25 |
|
Expired |
|
|
(2,604,344 |
) |
|
|
12.14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 |
|
|
6,844,285 |
|
|
$ |
7.32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes information about options outstanding at December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options Outstanding |
|
Options Exercisable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
average |
|
Weighted |
|
Number |
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
outstanding as of |
|
remaining |
|
average |
|
exercisable as of |
|
average |
Range of |
|
December 31, |
|
contractual |
|
exercise |
|
December 31, |
|
exercise |
Exercise prices |
|
2006 |
|
life |
|
price |
|
2006 |
|
price |
$ |
0.07 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.44 |
|
|
|
837,217 |
|
|
|
8.14 |
|
|
$ |
1.94 |
|
|
|
260,559 |
|
|
$ |
1.25 |
|
|
2.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
2.49 |
|
|
|
840,167 |
|
|
|
8.38 |
|
|
|
2.49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.65 |
|
|
|
942,128 |
|
|
|
9.01 |
|
|
|
4.01 |
|
|
|
83,473 |
|
|
|
4.33 |
|
|
4.66 |
|
|
|
|
|
6.25 |
|
|
|
706,285 |
|
|
|
8.16 |
|
|
|
5.39 |
|
|
|
256,516 |
|
|
|
5.90 |
|
|
6.30 |
|
|
|
|
|
7.57 |
|
|
|
754,610 |
|
|
|
6.86 |
|
|
|
7.07 |
|
|
|
582,700 |
|
|
|
7.13 |
|
|
7.66 |
|
|
|
|
|
9.15 |
|
|
|
756,635 |
|
|
|
7.42 |
|
|
|
8.37 |
|
|
|
448,147 |
|
|
|
8.41 |
|
|
9.22 |
|
|
|
|
|
9.83 |
|
|
|
696,503 |
|
|
|
6.93 |
|
|
|
9.41 |
|
|
|
372,894 |
|
|
|
9.41 |
|
|
10.03 |
|
|
|
|
|
15.41 |
|
|
|
721,312 |
|
|
|
7.23 |
|
|
|
13.47 |
|
|
|
417,531 |
|
|
|
13.36 |
|
|
15.70 |
|
|
|
|
|
32.50 |
|
|
|
589,428 |
|
|
|
5.40 |
|
|
|
18.38 |
|
|
|
561,150 |
|
|
|
18.42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.07 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
32.50 |
|
|
|
6,844,285 |
|
|
|
7.62 |
|
|
$ |
7.32 |
|
|
|
2,982,970 |
|
|
$ |
9.91 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2006, total intrinsic value of options exercised was
$1,619, for which no income tax benefit has been recorded because of a full valuation allowance
provided for our deferred tax assets. As of December 31, 2006, options outstanding had a total
intrinsic value of $341 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 7.6 years.
86
As of December 31, 2006, there were 2,982,970 options exercisable with a weighted average exercise
price of $9.91, an aggregate intrinsic value of $279, and a weighted average remaining contractual
life of 6.2 years.
As of December 31, 2006, there were 6,726,559 options vested and expected to vest with a weighted
average exercise price of $7.36, an aggregate intrinsic value of $340, and a weighted average
remaining contractual life of 7.6 years.
As of December 31, 2006, 2,258,707 shares were available for grant under the 2006 Plan.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
A total of 1,700,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the Employee
Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The number of shares available for issuance under the ESPP increases
each year in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the number of shares of common stock issued
pursuant to the ESPP during the immediately preceding fiscal year, (ii) two percent of the
outstanding shares of common stock on the first day of the year for which the increase is being
made or (iii) a lesser amount determined by the Board of Directors. During the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company issued 360,491, 196,819 and 211,795 shares under the
ESPP for proceeds of $1,091, $1,347 and $1,133, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, there were
491,432 shares available for issuance under the ESPP.
NOTE 11. SEGMENT INFORMATION
In accordance with SFAS 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,
we have identified a single operating segment: the design and development of integrated circuits
for use in electronic display devices. Substantially all of our assets are located in the U.S.
Geographic Information
Revenue by geographic region, attributed to countries based on the domicile of the bill-to
customer, was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Japan |
|
$ |
58,958 |
|
|
$ |
56,770 |
|
|
$ |
70,749 |
|
China |
|
|
18,098 |
|
|
|
23,884 |
|
|
|
30,587 |
|
Taiwan |
|
|
17,798 |
|
|
|
29,752 |
|
|
|
36,766 |
|
Korea |
|
|
12,055 |
|
|
|
15,396 |
|
|
|
14,032 |
|
Europe |
|
|
9,035 |
|
|
|
25,861 |
|
|
|
14,342 |
|
Canada |
|
|
6,821 |
|
|
|
4,826 |
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. |
|
|
5,571 |
|
|
|
6,324 |
|
|
|
2,265 |
|
Other |
|
|
5,271 |
|
|
|
8,891 |
|
|
|
7,470 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
133,607 |
|
|
$ |
171,704 |
|
|
$ |
176,211 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
Significant Customers
Sales to distributors represented 52%, 46%, and 69% of revenue for the years ended December 31,
2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The following distributors accounted for 10% or more of
revenue:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
Distributor A |
|
|
26 |
% |
|
|
22 |
% |
|
|
31 |
% |
Distributor B |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
1 |
% |
|
|
13 |
% |
End customers include customers who purchase directly from the Company, as well as customers who
purchase products indirectly through distributors and manufacturers representatives. Revenue
attributable to our top five end customers represented 39%, 34% and 33% of revenue for the years
ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2006 and
2005, one end customer represented 15% and 10% of revenue, respectively. There were no end
customer that represented 10% or more of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004.
The following accounts represented 10% or more of gross accounts receivable:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
Account A |
|
|
23 |
% |
|
|
16 |
% |
Account B |
|
|
13 |
% |
|
|
1 |
% |
Account C |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
11 |
% |
Account D |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
|
5 |
% |
Account E |
|
|
2 |
% |
|
|
14 |
% |
NOTE 12. ACQUISITION
On June 14, 2005, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Equator for $118,116, which
consisted of $107,854 in cash, the exchange of 1,263,417 options valued at $8,336, plus acquisition
costs of $1,926. The results of Equators operations are included in our consolidated statement of
operations beginning on the date of acquisition.
The total purchase price of $118,116 was allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based
on managements analysis and estimates of fair values. Assets acquired included developed
technology valued at $36,800, customer relationships valued at $3,400, and backlog and trademark
valued at $800.
The excess purchase price over the identifiable tangible and intangible assets of $57,521 was
allocated to goodwill. The goodwill resulting from this transaction was assigned to Pixelworks,
Inc., our sole reporting unit and was not deductible for tax purposes.
88
NOTE 13. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Period Ended |
|
|
March 31 |
|
June 30 |
|
September 30 |
|
December 31 |
2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue, net |
|
$ |
36,559 |
|
|
$ |
30,910 |
|
|
$ |
36,309 |
|
|
$ |
29,829 |
|
Gross profit (loss) |
|
|
(8,484 |
) |
|
|
11,588 |
|
|
|
13,615 |
|
|
|
9,382 |
|
Loss from operations |
|
|
(36,267 |
) |
|
|
(145,923 |
) |
|
|
(10,705 |
) |
|
|
(22,486 |
) |
Loss before income taxes |
|
|
(32,803 |
) |
|
|
(145,368 |
) |
|
|
(10,017 |
) |
|
|
(16,939 |
) |
Net loss |
|
|
(33,055 |
) |
|
|
(145,569 |
) |
|
|
(10,104 |
) |
|
|
(15,450 |
) |
Net loss per share basic and
diluted |
|
|
(0.69 |
) |
|
|
(3.02 |
) |
|
|
(0.21 |
) |
|
|
(0.32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue, net |
|
$ |
40,261 |
|
|
$ |
41,315 |
|
|
$ |
46,794 |
|
|
$ |
43,334 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
16,918 |
|
|
|
16,202 |
|
|
|
14,647 |
|
|
|
15,189 |
|
Income (loss) from operations |
|
|
271 |
|
|
|
(2,654 |
) |
|
|
(10,170 |
) |
|
|
(9,167 |
) |
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
|
1,152 |
|
|
|
(2,578 |
) |
|
|
(9,973 |
) |
|
|
(8,789 |
) |
Net income (loss) |
|
|
836 |
|
|
|
(2,275 |
) |
|
|
(5,257 |
) |
|
|
(35,914 |
) |
Net income (loss) per share basic
and diluted |
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
(0.05 |
) |
|
|
(0.11 |
) |
|
|
(0.75 |
) |
|
|
|
Item 9. |
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure. |
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
As of the end of the period covered by this report, we conducted an evaluation under the
supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934). Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
concluded that, as of December 31, 2006, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to
ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports filed under the Securities
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by
the Securities and Exchange Commissions rules and forms.
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining a system of internal control over
financial reporting as defined under Exchange Act Rule13a-15(f). Our internal control over
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All internal control systems, no matter how
well designed, have inherent limitations.
We conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006. This assessment was based on criteria established in the
framework Internal ControlIntegrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway
89
Commission. Based on our evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting using the Internal ControlIntegrated Framework, our management has concluded that our internal control over financial
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006.
Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, has issued an audit report on
managements assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. Their report appears
below.
Changes to Internal Controls
There were no changes to our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of
2006 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal
control over financial reporting.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Pixelworks, Inc.:
We have audited managements assessment, included in the accompanying Managements Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Pixelworks Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company),
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on
criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on managements assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal
control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and evaluating the
design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
90
In our opinion, managements assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on
criteria
established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in
all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006,
based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission(COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders
equity and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 2006, and our report dated March 12, 2007 expressed an unqualified
opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Portland, Oregon
March 12, 2007
Item 9B. Other Information.
Not applicable.
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Information concerning the directors, executive officers and corporate governance of the Company is
set forth in the Companys Proxy Statement for its 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the 2007
Proxy Statement) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14D and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
Information concerning executive compensation is set forth in our 2007 Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
|
Item 12. |
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters. |
Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related
stockholder matters is set forth in our 2007 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence is
set forth in our 2007 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
Information concerning principal accounting fees and services is set forth in our 2007 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
91
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) 1. Financial Statements.
The following financial statements are included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules.
All schedules have been omitted as the information is included elsewhere herein or they are not
required.
(a) 3. Exhibits.
The exhibits are either filed with this report or incorporated by reference into this report.
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
2.1
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 13, 2000 among Pixelworks, Inc.,
Panther Acquisition, Inc., Panstera, Inc. and those certain shareholders of Panstera, Inc.
signatories thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on February 13, 2001). |
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of January 26, 2001 among Pixelworks
Inc., Panther Acquisition, Inc. and Panstera, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
2.2 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 13, 2001). |
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of December 6, 2001 among
Pixelworks, Inc., Nighthawk Acquisition Corp. and those certain shareholders of nDSP
Delaware, Inc. who are signatories thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the
Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 29, 2002). |
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
Reorganization Agreement among Pixelworks, Inc., Pixelworks Nova Scotia Company,
Certain Shareholders of Jaldi Semiconductor Corp. and Jaldi Semiconductor Corp. dated
August 2, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-3 filed on October 15, 2002). |
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
Jaldi Semiconductor, Inc. Exchangeable Share Provisions (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on October 15,
2002). |
|
|
|
2.6
|
|
Exchangeable Share Support Agreement among Jaldi Semiconductor Corp., Pixelworks, Inc.,
Pixelworks Nova Scotia and Jaldi Semiconductor Corp. dated September 6, 2002 (incorporated |
92
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on
October 15, 2002). |
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
Voting and Exchange Trust Agreement among Jaldi Semiconductor Corp., Pixelworks, Inc.,
Pixelworks Nova Scotia Company and CIBC Mellon Trust Company, dated September 6, 2002 (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Companys Registration Statement
on Form S-3 filed on October 15, 2002). |
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 17, 2003 among Pixelworks, Inc.,
Display Acquisition Corp. and Genesis Microchip Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
2.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 20, 2003). |
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger dated April 28, 2005 among Pixelworks, Inc., Equator
Technologies, Inc., Twain Sub, Inc., and Robert C. Fox, Jr., as Shareholders Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed
on May 3, 2005). |
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
Sixth Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Pixelworks, Inc., As Amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
filed on August 9, 2004). |
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
First Restated Bylaws of Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to
the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 declared effective May 19, 2000). |
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
Reference is made to Exhibit 3.1 above (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 declared effective May 19, 2000). |
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
Third Amended Registration Rights Agreement dated February 22, 2000 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 declared
effective May 19, 2000). |
|
|
|
4.3
|
|
Indenture dated May 18, 2004 between Pixelworks, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2004). |
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Form of 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2024 dated May 18, 2004
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
filed August 9, 2004). |
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 18, 2004 among Pixelworks, Inc., Citigroup
Global Markets Inc. and D.A. Davidson & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2004). |
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
Purchase Agreement, dated May 12, 2004 among Pixelworks, Inc. and Citigroup Global
Markets Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Companys Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2004). |
|
|
|
10.1
|
|
Form of Indemnity Agreement between Pixelworks, Inc. and each of its Officers and
Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 declared effective May 19, 2000). + |
93
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
10.2
|
|
Pixelworks, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed June 21, 2005). + |
|
|
|
10.3
|
|
Pixelworks, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, As Amended (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed March
23, 2005). + |
|
10.4
|
|
Pixelworks, Inc. 2001 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on May 31, 2001). + |
|
|
|
10.5
|
|
Equator Technologies, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed June
17, 2005). + |
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
Pixelworks, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to
the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on August 11, 2006). + |
|
|
|
10.7
|
|
Pixelworks, Inc. 2005 Senior Management Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2005). + |
|
|
|
10.8
|
|
Pixelworks, Inc. 2006 Senior Management Bonus Plan, as amended (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 6,
2006). + |
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
Chair and Board Service Agreement dated and effective December 12, 2006, by and between
Allen Alley and Pixelworks, Inc. + |
|
|
|
10.10
|
|
CEO Transition Agreement dated and effective December 12, 2006, by and between Allen
Alley and Pixelworks, Inc. + |
|
|
|
10.11
|
|
Transition Employment Agreement dated and effective December 12, 2006, by and between
Hans Olsen and Pixelworks, Inc. + |
|
|
|
10.12
|
|
Severance Agreement dated and effective December 12, 2006, by and between Hans Olsen
and Pixelworks, Inc. + |
|
|
|
10.13
|
|
Transition Employment Agreement dated and effective December 12, 2006, by and between
Michael Yonker and Pixelworks, Inc. + |
|
|
|
10.14
|
|
Employment Agreement effective February 28, 2006 between Pixelworks, Inc. and Michael
D. Yonker. + |
|
|
|
10.15
|
|
Severance Agreement dated March 24, 2006 between Pixelworks, Inc. and Michael D.
Yonker (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K filed March 27, 2006). + |
|
|
|
10.16
|
|
Separation and Transition Agreement and Release effective December 16, 2006, by and
between Richard J. Tobias and Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1
to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 18, 2006). + |
|
|
|
10.17
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 6, 2001 among Pixelworks, Inc.,
nDSP Delaware, Inc. and those certain shareholders of nDSP Delaware, Inc. who are
signatories thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on January 29, 2002). |
94
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
10.18
|
|
VAutomation Incorporated Synthesizable Soft Core Agreement dated November 4, 1997
between VAutomation Incorporated and Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.8 to the Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 declared effective May 19, 2000). |
|
|
|
10.19
|
|
Intellectual Property Sublicense Agreement dated March 30, 1999 between VAutomation
Incorporated and Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the
Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 declared effective May 19, 2000). |
|
|
|
10.20
|
|
License Agreement dated February 22, 2000 between Pixelworks, Inc. and InFocus
Systems, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Companys Registration
Statement on Form S-1 declared effective May 19, 2000). |
|
|
|
10.21
|
|
Shareholders Agreement dated as of January 15, 2001 among Pixelworks, Inc., Panstera,
Inc., and those certain shareholders of Panstera, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 13, 2001). |
|
|
|
10.22
|
|
Office lease dated June 20, 2005 and commencing March 1, 2006, by and between
Pixelworks, Inc. and Union Bank of California as Trustee for Quest Group Trust VI. |
|
|
|
10.23
|
|
Office Lease Agreement by and between CA-The Concourse Limited Partnership and
Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 to the Companys Annual Report
on Form 10-K filed March 13, 2006). |
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
Office Lease dated April 12, 2001, by and between Equator Technologies, Inc. and Pike
Street Delaware, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Companys
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2005). |
|
|
|
10.25
|
|
Amendment No. 1 to Office Lease dated July 7, 2005, by and between Equator
Technologies, Inc. and 520 Pike Street, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to
the Companys Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 7, 2005). |
|
|
|
21
|
|
Subsidiaries of Pixelworks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21 to the
Companys Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 13, 2006). |
|
|
|
23
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP. |
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer. |
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer. |
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer. |
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer. |
|
|
|
+ |
|
Indicates a management contract or compensation arrangement. |
95
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
PIXELWORKS, INC.
|
|
Dated: March 12, 2007 |
By: |
/s/ Hans H. Olsen
|
|
|
|
Hans H. Olsen |
|
|
|
President and
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by
the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
/s/ Hans H. Olsen
Hans H. Olsen
|
|
President and
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael D. Yonker
Michael D. Yonker
|
|
Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer
and Secretary
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Allen H. Alley
Allen H. Alley
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Mark A.. Christensen
Mark A. Christensen
|
|
Director
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James R. Fiebiger
James R. Fiebiger
|
|
Director
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ C. Scott Gibson
C. Scott Gibson
|
|
Director
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Frank Gill
Frank Gill
|
|
Director
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Daniel J. Heneghan
Daniel J. Heneghan
|
|
Director
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Bruce A. Walicek
Bruce A. Walicek
|
|
Director
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
96
exv10w9
Exhibit 10.9
CHAIR AND BOARD SERVICE AGREEMENT
This Agreement (the Agreement) is made and entered into effective as of December 12, 2006
(the Effective Date), by and between Allen Alley (the Chair) and Pixelworks, Inc., an Oregon
corporation (the Company).
R E C I T A L S
A. Chair has served as both the CEO and Chair of the Company since its founding. Effective as
of December 31, 2006, he has resigned as CEO, and will thereafter no longer be an employee of the
Company.
B. The Company and Chair wish to confirm the fees and benefits the Company will provide to the
Chair, while he continues in that office.
AGREEMENT
For good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties
acknowledge, the parties agree as follows:
1. Title. Chairs formal title will be Chairman of the Board of Directors.
2. Tenure. Chair will serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors at the pleasure of
the Board, contingent upon his continued status as a member of the Board of Directors.
3. Fee and Options. Chair will receive, for his services as Chair and as a member of
the Board of Directors, an annual fee of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) (or such higher
amount as may be approved from time-to-time by the Board), payable quarterly. Chair will also
receive annual awards of equity compensation (options or otherwise) in conformance with policies
generally applicable to the Companys Board of Directors.
4. Medical Benefits. During his service on the Board of Directors, Company will make
comprehensive health insurance coverage available to Chair and Chairs family, equivalent to that
provided to its senior executives in the United States, either through its existing plan or by
securing amendments, extensions, or parallel instantiations of that plan or that will permit it to
be applicable to Chair. Chair will pay the actual premium cost of coverage he wishes to obtain
under this paragraph.
5. Electronic Communications. During his service on the Board of Directors, Company
will supply Chair with a laptop, PDA/Blackberry or equivalent, e-mail service, and IT support for
all of the foregoing, on a basis equivalent to, and on equipment as current as, that provided
generally to senior officers of the Company. Upon his departure from the Board, and subject only
to compliance with the Companys policies concerning confidentiality applicable to board members
generally, Chair will be entitled to acquire the aforesaid equipment at a price to be mutually
determined, but not to exceed the depreciated value at which the equipment is being maintained on
Companys books.
Page 1
Chair and Board Service Agreement (Allen Alley)
6. Travel, Expenses. When Chair travels or incurs other expenses on Companys behalf
at the request or with the pre-approval of the Companys CEO, he will be reimbursed for his
expenses of doing so in accordance with Companys standard expense, travel, and accommodation
polices as applicable to Companys officers generally.
7. Transitional Matters.
(a) Transitional Fee Supplement. To facilitate the transition of the Companys
leadership to an interim CEO and ultimately to a new permanent CEO, the Board recognizes it may
need Chairs services in 2007 at a level disproportionate to what is ultimately expected in
subsequent years. Accordingly, the total fee payable for Chairs services in 2007 will be
supplemented by an additional Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000). The total fee will remain
payable on a quarterly basis.
(b) Option Acknowledgement. Chairs service as Chairman of the Board of Directors
represents a continuation of his board service, and not a new role. Accordingly, he will not
receive any initial service options under standard board policies. However, if re-elected to the
Board in 2007, Chair will be entitled to receive options issuable upon his re-election, subject to
such conditions as apply generally to outside (non-employee) board members upon their re-election
to the Board.
8. Arbitration.
(a) Any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this
Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach, or termination
thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration to be held in Portland, Oregon under the rules and
auspices of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other
relief in such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive
and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators
decision in any court having jurisdiction.
(b) The arbitrator(s) shall apply Oregon law to the merits of any dispute or claim, without
reference to conflicts of law rules. The arbitration proceedings shall be governed by federal
arbitration law and by the Rules, without reference to state arbitration law. Chair hereby
consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Oregon for any
action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in
which the parties are participants.
9. Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Chair and by
an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Chair). No waiver by either party of any
breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party
shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or
provision at another time.
Page 2
Chair and Board Service Agreement (Allen Alley)
(b) Integration. This Agreement, the Indemnity Agreement in place between Chair and
Company, and any outstanding stock option agreements represent the entire agreement and
understanding between Chair and Company with respect to his service as a non-employee member of the
Board of Directors, provided that, for clarification purposes, this Agreement shall not
affect any agreements between the Company and Chair regarding intellectual property matters or
confidential information of the Company.
(c) Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this
Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules,
of the State of Oregon.
(d) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof,
which shall remain in full force and effect.
(e) Withholding Taxes. Payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall, if required by
law, be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.
(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, but both of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the
Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY |
PIXELWORKS, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Frank Gill
|
|
|
|
Frank Gill, Lead Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
By: |
/s/ Allen H. Alley
|
|
|
|
Allen H. Alley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 3 Chair and Board Service Agreement (Allen Alley)
exv10w10
Exhibit 10.10
CEO TRANSITION AGREEMENT
This Agreement (the Agreement) is made and entered into effective as of December 12, 2006
(the Effective Date), by and between Allen Alley (the Executive) and Pixelworks, Inc., an
Oregon corporation (the Company).
R E C I T A L S
A. Executive has elected to step down as the Companys CEO, remaining on the Companys Board
of Directors as Chair, effective December 31, 2006 (the Employment End Date). As of January 1,
2007, Executive will no longer be an employee of the Company.
B. The Company and Executive wish to confirm certain transition agreements between them, and
enter into this Agreement for that purpose.
AGREEMENT
For good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties
acknowledge, the parties agree as follows:
1. Confirmation of Resignation. Executive tenders his resignation as CEO of, and as
an employee of, the Company effective as of the Employment End Date. The Company accepts
Executives resignation and, accordingly, Executives employment with the Company shall terminate
as of the Employment End Date.
2. Public Announcement. Executive and Company shall coordinate the public
announcement of his resignation as CEO, to be issued December 13, 2006 before market open.
3. Recognition of Amounts Due. On the Employment End Date, Company shall pay
executive the following amounts:
(a) Pay and Bonus Accrued. Executive shall receive all base salary and bonuses
accrued and earned through the Employment End Date. Settlement of bonuses due may be delayed to a
date not later than the date on which 2006 executive bonuses are otherwise paid to senior
executives of the Company.
(b) Medical Severance Benefits. If Executive is eligible for and properly elects
COBRA continuation of his Company-provided group health benefits, Company shall pay the premiums
for such continuation coverage for up to twelve (12) months following the Employment End Date.
(c) Accrued Vacation; Expenses. The Company shall pay the Executive all of the
Executives accrued and unused vacation through the Termination Date; and following submission of
proper expense reports by the Executive, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for all expenses
reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection with the business of the Company
prior to the Employment End Date. These payments shall be made promptly upon termination and
within the period of time mandated by law.
Page 1 CEO Transition Agreement (Allen Alley)
4. Founder Transition Benefits. In special recognition of Executives status as the
founding CEO of the Company, Company further provides these benefits. As a condition of receiving
these benefits, Executive agrees to execute on or after December 31, 2006 and within the time
reasonably provided by the Company, and not to thereafter revoke, a general release of claims in a
form both reasonable and materially standard to the Company, provided that it shall not release his
rights under his option agreements, or agreements signed essentially contemporaneously herewith and
governing his service on the Board of Directors, or his rights under his 2006 Indemnity Agreement
with the Company.
(a) Furnishings. Company will provide Executive with office equipment and furnishings
suitable to equip one executive office. Executive shall be entitled to select such furnishings and
equipment from furnishings previously used by Company, and identified by Company as surplus.
Company shall arrange for their delivery to, and installation in, an office location selected by
Executive, provided the location is within fifty miles of the Companys offices located in
Tualatin, Oregon.
(b) PixelStone. Company will use good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to
protect its signature sculpture known in the Company as the PixelStone, and if at any time the
Company no longer wishes to keep the PixelStone on public display at its Company headquarters
wherever those may then be located (or takes it off public display at its Company headquarters and
does not return it to display within one year), the Company shall arrange at its expense to deliver
it safely to Executive with a certificate passing title of it to Executive, and thereafter
Executive shall be entitled to display it as part of his personal collection of art and memorabilia
wherever and however he may choose.
(c) Severance. In addition to any other benefits payable to Executive hereunder,
Company shall pay Executive six annual installments of $51,000 each, due on the last day of each
year, with the first such payment due December 31, 2006 and the last due December 31, 2011. The
due date of all such payments shall accelerate, and any payments remaining then unpaid shall be
immediately due and payable, on the date Executive ceases to serve as a member of the Board of
Directors if: 1) termination of his service was not at his choice, as expressed in writing to the
Company, or 2) though at his choice, his resignation followed within ninety days and cited as cause
at least one of the following events: (i) He is removed as Chairman of the Board of Directors by
the Board, or is not re-elected to that office except by his own choice not to stand for election;
(ii) the Company enters into a transaction in which a condition is his departure from the Board;
(iii) the Company enters into a transaction in which a condition is the replacement or removal of a
majority of the Board, whether or not he is called out for replacement or removal; (v) the Company
enters into or experiences any transaction or proceeding as a consequence of which effective
control of the Company no longer lies with the Companys Board of Directors, including without
limitation a merger or consolidation with another company; stock sale or formation of a control
group as a result of which voting control of 50% or more of the Companys voting securities is in
the hands of a single entity or group; bankruptcy, assignment for benefit of creditors, or
liquidation of the Company, or any other proceeding with like effect.
5. Stock Options. Company and Executive acknowledge that Executives stock options
remain governed by the terms and conditions of the stock option grants and stock option
plan pursuant to which the options were issued and that, pursuant thereto because Executive
will
Page 2 CEO Transition Agreement (Allen Alley)
continue to serve on the Companys Board of Directors, Executives stock options from Company
will continue to vest in accordance with their terms, and remain exercisable through their full
term expiration dates (except as that date may later be shortened through Executives departure
from the Board of Directors).
6. Arbitration.
(a) Any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this
Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach, or termination
thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration to be held in Portland, Oregon in accordance with
the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American
Arbitration Association (the Rules). The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in
such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding
on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators decision in any
court having jurisdiction.
(b) The arbitrator(s) shall apply Oregon law to the merits of any dispute or claim, without
reference to conflicts of law rules. The arbitration proceedings shall be governed by federal
arbitration law and by the Rules, without reference to state arbitration law. Executive hereby
consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Oregon for any
action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in
which the parties are participants.
7. Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) No Duty to Mitigate. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount
of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any
earnings that the Executive may receive from any other source.
(b) Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive
and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either party
of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other
party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or
provision at another time.
(c) Integration. This Agreement and any outstanding stock option agreements represent
the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and
supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to this
Agreement and any stock option agreement, provided that, for clarification purposes, this
Agreement shall not affect any agreements between the Company and Executive regarding intellectual
property matters or confidential information of the Company.
(d) Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this
Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules,
of the State of Oregon.
Page 3 CEO Transition Agreement (Allen Alley)
(e) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof,
which shall remain in full force and effect.
(f) Employment Taxes. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject
to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.
(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, but both of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the
Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
PIXELWORKS, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ C. Scott Gibson
|
|
|
|
C. Scott Gibson, Chair |
|
|
|
Compensation Committee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
By: |
/s/ Allen H. Alley
|
|
|
|
Allen H. Alley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 4 CEO Transition Agreement (Allen Alley)
exv10w11
Exhibit 10.11
PIXELWORKS, INC.
TRANSITION EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Agreement (the Agreement) is made and entered into effective as of December 12, 2006
(the Effective Date), by and between Hans Olsen (the Executive) and Pixelworks, Inc., an Oregon
corporation (the Company). Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in
Section 1 below.
R E C I T A L S
A. The Companys founding CEO has recently decided he will step down as CEO of the Company,
effective December 31, 2006. The Companys Board of Directors (Board) consequently expects to
initiate a search for a new CEO.
B. The Company wishes Executive to serve as Interim CEO from January 1, 2007 until a permanent
CEO is identified and hired. Executive is willing to serve in this interim role, on the
understanding that he will hold and exercise the full authority as CEO during this period.
Executive also understands that he may elect to be a candidate for the full time position if he so
chooses, but has received no assurances that he will be selected, and has sought none.
C. The Company also is undergoing a substantial reorganization that includes moving and
consolidating a variety of functions, closing certain sites, and bringing up lead competence in
other sites for key company functions.
D. Through both the Companys leadership transition period and the period of organizational
transition, Company will particularly rely on Executives knowledge of the organization and its
people, as well as his organizational and executive skills, to achieve the expense reductions and
other benefits the Company seeks to achieve for shareholders and to assure an excellent transition
to the Companys new executive leadership. Company wishes to provide Executive with additional
incentives for fulfilling the challenging role he is being asked to fulfill.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:
1. Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have
the following meanings:
(a) Cause. Cause shall mean any one or more of the following: (i) a material act
of dishonesty, fraud, or misconduct by the Executive that is in connection with Executives
responsibilities as an Executive of the Company; (ii) Executives commission of acts constituting a
felony which the Board reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on
the Companys reputation or business; or (iii) repeated willful failure by the Executive to perform
Executives duties as an employee of the Company after there has been
PAGE 1 Transition Employment Agreement (Hans Olsen)
delivered to the Executive a written demand for performance from the Company which describes
the basis for the Companys belief that the Executive has not substantially performed Executives
duties and had a 30-day opportunity to cure, no cure having been made.
(b) Change of Control. Change of Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the
following events, if the occurrence takes place before the Transition End Date:
(i) the approval by shareholders of the Company of a merger or consolidation of the Company
with any other corporation, or of a subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other
than a merger or consolidation which would result in effective voting control over the voting
securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more
than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the
Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;
(ii) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation of the
Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of
the Companys assets;
(iii) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becoming the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the
total voting power represented by the Companys then outstanding voting securities; or
(iv) a change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which fewer than a majority of
the directors are Incumbent Directors. Incumbent Directors shall mean directors who either (A)
are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election,
to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of those directors who are either
identified in (A) or identified as their successors elected under this clause (B).
(c) Good Reason Event. A Good Reason Event shall be any of the following: (i)
without the Executives express written consent, a reduction of the Executives duties, position or
responsibilities; (ii) without the Executives express written consent, a reduction by the Company
of the Executives base salary; (iii) without the Executives express written consent, the
imposition of a requirement that Executives primary place of employment be at a facility or a
location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executives current work location; or (iv) the failure
of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successors contemplated in Section
8 below.
(d) Involuntary Termination. Involuntary Termination shall mean (i) any termination
of the Executives employment by the Company which is not effected for valid Cause; or (ii) any
termination by the Executive for Good Reason.
(e) Retention Pay. The Retention Pay is the sum defined on Exhibit A hereto,
payable as provided in this Agreement.
PAGE 2 Transition Employment Agreement (Hans Olsen)
(f) Termination Date. Termination Date shall mean the effective date of any notice
of termination delivered by one party to the other hereunder.
(g) Transition End Date. Transition End Date shall be the Transition End Date
specified on Exhibit A hereto.
2. At-Will Employment. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the Executives
employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. Company or
Executive may terminate this Agreement by written notice pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof. If the
Executives employment terminates for any reason, the Executive shall not be entitled to any
payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, or as
may otherwise be established under the Companys then existing employee benefit plans or policies
at the time of termination, subject to Section 13(b) hereof.
3. Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall be December 12, 2006 through
the Transition End Date, unless earlier terminated as provided herein or except as Exhibit A
continues any benefit past the Transition End Date. With respect to any Good Reason Event occurring
on or before the Transition End Date and as to which the relevant time periods have not expired as
of the Transition End Date, this Agreement shall terminate on the expiration of all relevant time
periods arising therefrom. All benefits accrued as of the termination date of this Agreement shall
remain due and payable, and dispute resolution provisions of this Agreement shall survive for
purposes of enforcing rights to benefits.
4. Retention Pay on Transition End Date. Provided the Executive signs the release of
claims pursuant to Section 9 hereof, and following the expiration of any waiver period applicable
to the release of claims, and provided the Executive is employed by the Company on the Transition
End Date, Company will pay Executive the Retention Pay (less applicable withholding) on the
Transition End Date.
5. Transition Termination Benefits. Upon the Termination Date, provided the
Executives employment has ended as a result of an Involuntary Termination and provided the
Executive signs the release of claims pursuant to Section 9 hereof, and following the expiration of
any waiver period applicable to the release of claims, Executive shall be entitled to the following
benefits, in addition to all pay and bonuses accrued and earned through the applicable date:
(a) Retention Pay. If it has not already been paid, Company will pay Executive the
Retention Pay.
(b) Option Acceleration if on Change of Control. If the Termination Date is within
twelve (12) months after a Change of Control, all stock options granted by the Company to the
Executive prior to the Change of Control, and that absent the Involuntary Termination would have
become exercisable during the twelve months immediately following the Change of Control, shall if
not already vested and exercisable accelerate and become vested and exercisable, and all stock
subject to a right of repurchase by the Company (or its successor) that was purchased prior to the
Change of Control shall have such right of repurchase lapse with respect to that number of shares
which would have had such right of repurchase lapse under the
PAGE 3 Transition Employment Agreement (Hans Olsen)
applicable agreement within twelve (12) months following the date of Change of Control as if
the Executive had remained employed through such date.
(c) Medical Continuation. Executives insured group medical and dental benefits will
continue to be effective through the later of Executives Termination Date or the Transition End
Date.
(d) COBRA Extension. Company will pay all COBRA premiums for an extension of COBRA
for an additional twelve months, tacked on to the end of any other coverage period owing to
Executive hereunder.
6. Accrued Wages and Vacation; Expenses. Without regard to the reason for, or the
timing of, Executives termination of employment: (i) the Company shall pay the Executive any
unpaid base salary due for periods prior to the Termination Date; (ii) the Company shall pay the
Executive all of the Executives accrued and unused vacation through the Termination Date; and
(iii) following submission of proper expense reports by the Executive, the Company shall reimburse
the Executive for all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection
with the business of the Company prior to the Termination Date. These payments shall be made
promptly upon termination and within the period of time mandated by law.
7. Limitation on Payments. In the event that the severance and other benefits
provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Executive (i) constitute parachute
payments within the meaning of Section 280G of the United States Internal Revenue Code (the
Code), and (ii) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the
Excise Tax), then Executives benefits under this Agreement shall be either
(a) delivered in full, or
(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being
subject to the Excise Tax,
whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and
local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis,
of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may
be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.
Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required
under this section shall be made in writing by the Companys independent public accountants (the
Accountants), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Executive and the
Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this section, the
Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may
rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999
of the Code. The Company and the Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and
documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this
section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with
any calculations contemplated by this section.
PAGE 4 Transition Employment Agreement (Hans Olsen)
8. Successors.
(a) Companys Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect
and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the Companys business and/or assets shall assume the Companys obligations
under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the Companys obligations under this Agreement
in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such
obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term
Company shall include any successor to the Companys business and/or assets which executes and
delivers the assumption agreement described in this subsection (a) or which becomes bound by the
terms of this Agreement by operation of law.
(b) Executives Successors. Without the written consent of the Company, Executive may
not assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other
person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of
Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executives personal or
legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and
legatees.
9. Execution of Release Agreement upon Termination. As a condition of entering into
this Agreement and receiving the benefits under Sections 4 or 5 of this Agreement, the Executive
shall within such time period as required by the Company, execute and not revoke a general release
of claims against the Company in form satisfactory to the Company.
10. Notices.
(a) General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when
mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the
case of the Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to Executive at the home address which
Executive most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed
notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the
attention of its Secretary.
(b) Notice of Termination; Effective Date.
(i) By Company. If the Company terminates Executives employment, to be effective the
termination must be communicated by a written notice of termination to Executive delivered not
more than thirty days before the Termination Date, which notice identifies the Termination Date.
If the Company claims Cause, the Companys notice hereunder shall set forth in reasonable detail
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for for Cause termination.
(ii) By Executive. If the Executive voluntarily (and not for Good Reason) terminates
Executives employment, the termination must be communicated by a written notice of termination to
Company, which notice identifies the Termination Date. A voluntary termination will be effective on
the identified Termination Date. If Executive wishes to terminate his employment for Good Reason,
he must give a written Notice of Good Reason
PAGE 5 Transition Employment Agreement (Hans Olsen)
Termination within thirty days next following the Good Reason Event. His Notice of Good
Reason Termination must (x) identify the Good Reason Event and its date; (y) invite the Company to
reverse the Good Reason Event, and (z) state the Executives intention to terminate his employment
for Good Reason as of a Termination Date no earlier than ten and no more than thirty days following
the date of the Notice of Good Reason Termination unless the Company reverses the Good Reason
Event. A Termination for Good Reason will be effective on the Termination Date stated in the
Notice of Good Reason Termination, unless before that date the Company has reversed the Good Reason
Event and provided the Executive with written confirmation that it has done so.
(iii) Constructive Termination. If during the term of this agreement after January 1,
2007, Executive is removed from the position of CEO without being assigned the position of Chief
Operating Officer in its place, or removed from the position of Chief Operating Officer except to
be assigned the position of CEO in its place, and he has not given his written consent to the
change, then the removal shall, at Executives option exercised within thirty days of the change,
be regarded as termination of the Executives employment by the Company which is not effected for
valid Cause, under this Agreement and under the Executives Severance Agreement.
11. Arbitration.
(a) Any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this
Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach, or termination
thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration to be held in Portland, Oregon in accordance with
the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American
Arbitration Association (the Rules). The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in
such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding
on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators decision in any
court having jurisdiction.
(b) The arbitrator(s) shall apply Oregon law to the merits of any dispute or claim, without
reference to conflicts of law rules. The arbitration proceedings shall be governed by federal
arbitration law and by the Rules, without reference to state arbitration law. Executive hereby
consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Oregon for any
action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in
which the parties are participants.
(c) Executive understands that nothing in this Section modifies Executives at-will employment
status. Either Executive or the Company can terminate the employment relationship at any time,
with or without Cause.
(d) EXECUTIVE HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THIS SECTION, WHICH DISCUSSES ARBITRATION. EXECUTIVE
UNDERSTANDS THAT SUBMITTING ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, OR THE INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, BREACH OR TERMINATION
THEREOF TO BINDING ARBITRATION, CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVES RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND
PAGE 6 Transition Employment Agreement (Hans Olsen)
RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EXECUTIVE
RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING CLAIMS:
(i) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR WRONGFUL DISCHARGE OF EMPLOYMENT; BREACH OF CONTRACT, BOTH EXPRESS
AND IMPLIED; BREACH OF THE COVENANT OF GOOD FAITH AND FAIR DEALING, BOTH EXPRESS AND IMPLIED;
NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL INFLICTION OF EMOTIONAL DISTRESS; NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL
MISREPRESENTATION; NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL INTERFERENCE WITH CONTRACT OR PROSPECTIVE ECONOMIC
ADVANTAGE; AND DEFAMATION.
(ii) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL STATE OR MUNICIPAL STATUTE, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1991, THE
AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE FAIR
LABOR STANDARDS ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING ACT, AND LABOR CODE SECTION 201, et
seq; and
(iii) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF ANY OTHER LAWS AND REGULATIONS RELATING TO EMPLOYMENT
OR EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION.
12. Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) Effect of Any Statutory Benefits. To the extent that any severance benefits are
required to be paid to the Executive upon termination of employment with the Company as a result of
any requirement of law or any governmental entity in any applicable jurisdiction, the aggregate
amount payable pursuant to Section 5 hereof shall be reduced by such amount.
(b) Effect of Standard Company Policy. To the extent that any severance benefits are
required to be paid to the Executive upon termination of employment with the Company as a result of
any standard Company policy, Executive shall be entitled to the greater of benefits available under
such policy or under this Agreement, but not both.
(c) Effect of Standing Severance Agreement. To the extent that any cash severance
benefits are provided for the Executive under any agreement between Executive and the Company,
those benefits will be paid in addition to the retention benefits payable hereunder.
(d) No Duty to Mitigate. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount
of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any
earnings that the Executive may receive from any other source.
(e) Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive
and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver
PAGE 7 Transition Employment Agreement (Hans Olsen)
by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this
Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of
the same condition or provision at another time.
(f) Integration. This Agreement and any agreements referenced herein represent the
entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and
collectively supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with
respect to the same subject matter, provided that, for clarification purposes, this Agreement shall
not affect any agreements between the Company and Executive regarding intellectual property matters
or confidential information of the Company.
(g) Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this
Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules,
of the State of Oregon.
(h) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof,
which shall remain in full force and effect.
(i) Employment Taxes. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject
to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.
(j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, but both of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the
Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
PIXELWORKS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Frank Gill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
/s/ Hans Olsen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hans Olsen |
|
|
PAGE 8 Transition Employment Agreement (Hans Olsen)
EXHIBIT A
Executive: Hans Olsen
|
|
|
Transition End Date:
|
|
March 31, 2008 |
|
Retention Pay:
|
|
Until March 31, 2007, the Retention
Pay is equal to Executives annual
base pay. On that date, the
Retention Pay will be increased by
1/12 of the difference between
$500,000 and Executives then annual
base pay. This incremental amount
will also be added to the Retention
Pay on the last day of each
succeeding month through February of
2008, so that on February 29, 2008
and thereafter, the Retention Pay
will equal $500,000. |
|
Written Assent to Remote Location:
|
|
Executive agrees to establish an
office at the Companys place of
business in San Jose, California,
and if and as needed to operate from
that office as his primary place of
business. Company will provide
Executive with the following remote
location benefits for that purpose: for so long as Executive chooses to
maintain his primary dwelling in
Vancouver Washington, Company will
provide him with an allowance for
the actual cost of an apartment or
suitable dwelling selected by
Executive in or near San Jose, not
to exceed $5,000 per month; a
furniture allowance for furnishing
that dwelling not to exceed $20,000;
and a car purchase or lease
allowance for a car and insurance
thereon for his and/or his familys
personal use in San Jose of not to
exceed $750 per month, and in
addition to airfare needed for
business reasons, personal round
trip airfare (coach class) between
Portland International Airport (PDX)
and Mineta San Jose International
Airport (SFO) up to four round trips
per month, usable by Executive or
any member of Executives family.
Following the Termination Date,
Executive may elect by Notice to
Company either 1) to retain the San
Jose dwelling, car, and furnishings,
retaining also any remaining
liability under any applicable
lease, or 2) to surrender the San
Jose dwelling, car, and furnishings
to Company, and be held harmless
with respect to a maximum of twelve
months of remaining liability under
any applicable lease. This benefit
will continue past the Transition
End Date for so long as Executive is
required by the Company to operate
with San Jose, California as his
primary place of business and
maintains his primary dwelling in
Vancouver Washington. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
PIXELWORKS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hans Olsen |
PAGE 9 Transition Employment Agreement (Hans Olsen)
exv10w12
Exhibit 10.12
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
This Severance Agreement (the Agreement) is made and entered into December 12, 2006, by and
between Hans Olsen (the Executive) and Pixelworks, Inc., an Oregon corporation (Company).
RECITALS
A. Executive has been asked by Company to undertake broad new duties as the Companys Interim
CEO, and in that capacity to manage a critical restructuring of the company realizing that the
long-term leadership of the Company is subject to considerable flux.
B. Company wishes to provide additional security to Executive through provision of a Severance
Benefit, as described herein, after the date on which this Agreement becomes operative.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which the parties
acknowledge, the parties agree as follows:
1. Termination by Company without Cause. In the event Company terminates Executives
employment without Cause, as that term is defined below, then upon Executives satisfaction of the
Release of Claims requirement stated in Paragraph 4 below, Company shall provide Executive with the
following severance benefits: (a) twelve (12) months of base salary and (b) in the event Executive
is eligible for and properly elects to continue his group health benefits through COBRA, the
Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the premium cost to continue such benefits for
twelve (12) months. The severance benefits shall be payable in a lump sum on or before the first
regularly scheduled pay date following Executives satisfaction of the Release of Claims
requirement stated in Paragraph 4 below. All payments to Executive shall be reduced by such
amounts as are required to be withheld by law. Severance benefits shall not be owed if termination
of Executives employment with Company occurs due to Executives death, disability, Executives
resignation, or Companys termination of Executive for Cause.
2. Cause Definition. Cause shall mean any one or more of the following: (i) a
material act of dishonesty, fraud, or misconduct by the Executive that is in connection with
Executives responsibilities as an Executive of the Company; (ii) Executives commission of acts
constituting a felony which the Board reasonably believes has had or will have a material
detrimental effect on the Companys reputation or business; or (iii) repeated willful failure by
the Executive to perform Executives duties as an employee of the Company after there has been
delivered to the Executive a written demand for performance from the Company which describes the
basis for the Companys belief that the Executive has not substantially performed Executives
duties and had a 30-day opportunity to cure, no cure having been made.
3. At-Will Employment. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the Executives
employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law.
The severance benefits in this Agreement shall be in lieu of the severance benefits in the
Offer Letter and in lieu of any other severance benefits or policies maintained by Company that may
otherwise be applicable to Executive.
Page 1 Severance Agreement (Hans Olsen)
4. Execution of Release As a condition of receiving the severance benefits, Executive
shall, on or before forty-five (45) days after Company delivers the release to Executive, enter
into and not revoke a general release of claims against the Company, its subsidiaries and
affiliates, satisfactory to Company. The release shall be substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit A, with such modifications as Company determines to be reasonably necessary or
desirable to ensure effective release of all claims.
5. Notices. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed
by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of
the Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to Executive at the home address which Executive
most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices
shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the
attention of its Secretary.
6. Arbitration. Any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in
connection with this Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach,
or termination thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration before a single arbitrator to be
held in Portland, Oregon, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment
Disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association (the Rules). The decision of the
arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may
be entered on the arbitrators decision in any court having jurisdiction. The arbitrator shall
apply Oregon law to the merits of any dispute or claim, without reference to conflicts of law
rules.
7. Integration. This Agreement replaces the severance provisions of the Offer Letter.
Except as expressly stated in this paragraph, the Offer Letter remains in effect according to its
terms. This Agreement and the Offer Letter represent the entire agreement and understanding
between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersede all prior or contemporaneous
agreements, whether written or oral.
8. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of
this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, that
can be given effect without the invalid or unenforceable provisions of the Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the
Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PIXELWORKS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Frank Gill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
Lead Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Hans Olsen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hans Olsen |
Page 2 Severance Agreement (Hans Olsen)
Exhibit A to Severance Agreement of Hans Olsen
RELEASE OF CLAIMS
This Document Affects Important Legal Rights You May Have.
Please Read It Carefully Before Signing.
For and in consideration of the severance benefits described in the Severance Agreement dated
as of March ___, 2006 between Pixelworks, Inc. (the Company), and Hans Olsen (the Executive),
and for other good and valuable consideration, Executive hereby releases the Company, its
divisions, affiliates, subsidiaries, parents, branches, predecessors, successors, assigns,
officers, directors, trustees, employees, agents, shareholders, members, administrators,
representatives, attorneys, insurers and fiduciaries, past, present and future (the Released
Parties) from any and all claims of any kind that Executive now has or may have against the
Released Parties, whether known or unknown to Executive, by reason of facts that have occurred on
or prior to the date that Executive has signed this Release. Such released claims include, without
limitation, any and all claims for other severance benefits pursuant to any Company severance pay
policy, and any and all claims under federal, state or local laws pertaining to employment,
including the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. Section 621 et seq., Title VII of the
Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 2000e et seq., the Fair Labor Standards
Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 201 et seq., the Americans with Disabilities Act, as amended, 42
U.S.C. Section 1981 et seq., the Family Medical Leave Act of 1992, 29 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq.,
and any and all state or local laws regarding employment discrimination and/or federal, state or
local laws of any type or description regarding employment, including but not limited to any claims
arising from or derivative of my employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as any
and all claims under state contract or tort law.
[* * * To be completed if Executive is over age 40 on date of termination]. In accordance with the
Age Discrimination in Employment Act and Older Workers Benefit Protection Act (collectively, the
Act), Executive acknowledges that: (1) s/he has been, and hereby is, advised in writing to
consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; (2) s/he is aware of certain rights to
which s/he may be entitled under the Act; (3) as consideration for executing this Release,
Executive has received additional benefits and compensation of value to which s/he would otherwise
not be entitled; (4) by signing this Release, s/he will not waive rights or claims under the Act
which may arise after the execution of this Release; (5) Executive has been given a period of at
least 21 days from _________to consider this offer; (6) in the event s/he has not executed
this Release on or before _________, the offer shall expire; (7) in the event Executive
signs the Release prior to 21 days, s/he does so voluntarily; (8) any changes to the terms of the
Agreement, whether material or immaterial shall not re-start the 21-day consideration period; (9)
Executive has a period of seven days from the date of execution in which to revoke this Release by
written notice to _________; (10) in the event Executive does not exercise
his/her right to revoke this Release, the Release shall become effective on the date (the
Effective Date) immediately following the seven-day waiting period described above.
Executive has read this release carefully, acknowledges that s/he has been given at least 21
days to consider all of its terms, and have been advised to consult with an attorney and any other
Page 3 Severance Agreement (Hans Olsen)
advisors of his or her choice prior to executing this Release, and Executive fully understands that
by signing below s/he is voluntarily giving up any right which Executive may have to sue or bring
other claims against the Released Parties. Finally, Executive has not been forced or pressured in
any manner whatsoever to sign this Release, and Executive agrees to all of its terms voluntarily.
This Release is final and binding and may not be changed or modified except in a writing
signed by an authorized representative of the parties. If any part of this Release is held invalid,
the invalidity shall not affect other parts of the Release that can be given effect without the
invalid parts.
The severance check will be mailed to Executives last home address on file with Company.
Page 4 Severance Agreement (Hans Olsen)
exv10w13
Exhibit 10.13
PIXELWORKS, INC.
TRANSITION EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Agreement (the Agreement) is made and entered into effective as of December 12, 2006
(the Effective Date), by and between Michael Yonker (the Executive) and Pixelworks, Inc., an
Oregon corporation (the Company). Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined
in Section 1 below.
R E C I T A L S
A. The Company also is undergoing a substantial reorganization that includes moving and
consolidating a variety of functions, closing certain sites, and bringing up lead competence in
other sites for key company functions.
B. Through the period of organizational transition, Company will particularly rely on
Executives knowledge of the organization and its people, as well as his organizational and
executive skills, to achieve the expense reductions and other benefits the Company seeks to achieve
for shareholders. Company wishes to provide Executive with additional incentives for fulfilling
the challenging role he is being asked to fulfill.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties agree as follows:
1. Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have
the following meanings:
(a) Cause. Cause shall mean any one or more of the following: (i) a material act
of dishonesty, fraud, or misconduct by the Executive that is in connection with Executives
responsibilities as an Executive of the Company; (ii) Executives commission of acts constituting a
felony which the Board reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on
the Companys reputation or business; or (iii) repeated willful failure by the Executive to perform
Executives duties as an employee of the Company after there has been delivered to the Executive a
written demand for performance from the Company which describes the basis for the Companys belief
that the Executive has not substantially performed Executives duties and had a 30-day opportunity
to cure, no cure having been made.
(b) Change of Control. Change of Control shall mean the occurrence of any of the
following events, if the occurrence takes place before the Transition End Date:
(i) the approval by shareholders of the Company of a merger or consolidation of the Company
with any other corporation, or of a subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other
than a merger or consolidation which would result in effective voting control over the voting
securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by
remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
PAGE 1 Transition Employment Agreement (Michael Yonker)
securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power
represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding
immediately after such merger or consolidation;
(ii) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a plan of complete liquidation of the
Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of
the Companys assets;
(iii) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becoming the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under
said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the
total voting power represented by the Companys then outstanding voting securities; or
(iv) a change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which fewer than a majority of
the directors are Incumbent Directors. Incumbent Directors shall mean directors who either (A)
are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election,
to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of those directors who are either
identified in (A) or identified as their successors elected under this clause (B).
(c) Good Reason Event. A Good Reason Event shall be any of the following: (i)
without the Executives express written consent, a reduction of the Executives duties, position or
responsibilities; (ii) without the Executives express written consent, a reduction by the Company
of the Executives base salary; (iii) without the Executives express written consent, the
imposition of a requirement that Executives primary place of employment be at a facility or a
location more than fifty (50) miles from the Executives current work location; or (iv) the failure
of the Company to obtain the assumption of this Agreement by any successors contemplated in Section
8 below.
(d) Involuntary Termination. Involuntary Termination shall mean (i) any termination
of the Executives employment by the Company which is not effected for valid Cause; or (ii) any
termination by the Executive for Good Reason.
(e) Retention Pay. The Retention Pay is the sum defined on Exhibit A hereto,
payable as provided in this Agreement.
(f) Termination Date. Termination Date shall mean the effective date of any notice
of termination delivered by one party to the other hereunder.
(g) Transition End Date. Transition End Date shall be the Transition End Date
specified on Exhibit A hereto.
2. At-Will Employment. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the Executives
employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. Company or
Executive may terminate this Agreement by written notice pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof. If the
Executives employment terminates for any reason, the Executive shall not be entitled to any
payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided
PAGE 2 Transition Employment Agreement (Michael Yonker)
by this Agreement, or as may otherwise be established under the Companys then existing
employee benefit plans or policies at the time of termination, subject to Section 13(b) hereof.
3. Term of Agreement. The term of this Agreement shall be December 12, 2006 through
the Transition End Date, unless earlier terminated as provided herein. With respect to any Good
Reason Event occurring on or before the Transition End Date and as to which the relevant time
periods have not expired as of the Transition End Date, this Agreement shall terminate on the
expiration of all relevant time periods arising therefrom. All benefits accrued as of the
termination date of this Agreement shall remain due and payable, and dispute resolution provisions
of this Agreement shall survive for purposes of enforcing rights to benefits.
4. Retention Pay on Transition End Date. Provided the Executive signs the release of
claims pursuant to Section 9 hereof, and following the expiration of any waiver period applicable
to the release of claims, and provided the Executive is employed by the Company on the Transition
End Date, Company will pay Executive the Retention Pay (less applicable withholding) on the
Transition End Date.
5. Transition Termination Benefits. Upon the Termination Date, provided the
Executives employment has ended as a result of an Involuntary Termination and provided the
Executive signs the release of claims pursuant to Section 9 hereof, and following the expiration of
any waiver period applicable to the release of claims, Executive shall be entitled to the following
benefits, in addition to all pay and bonuses accrued and earned through the applicable date:
(a) Retention Pay. If it has not already been paid, Company will pay Executive the
Retention Pay.
(b) Option Acceleration if on Change of Control. If the Termination Date is within
twelve (12) months after a Change of Control, all stock options granted by the Company to the
Executive prior to the Change of Control, and that absent the Involuntary Termination would have
become exercisable during the twelve months immediately following the Change of Control, shall if
not already vested and exercisable accelerate and become vested and exercisable, and all stock
subject to a right of repurchase by the Company (or its successor) that was purchased prior to the
Change of Control shall have such right of repurchase lapse with respect to that number of shares
which would have had such right of repurchase lapse under the applicable agreement within twelve
(12) months following the date of Change of Control as if the Executive had remained employed
through such date.
(c) Medical Continuation. Executives insured group medical and dental benefits will
continue to be effective through the later of Executives Termination Date or the Transition End
Date.
(d) COBRA Extension. Company will pay all COBRA premiums for an extension of COBRA
for an additional twelve months, tacked on to the end of any other coverage period owing to
Executive hereunder.
6. Accrued Wages and Vacation; Expenses. Without regard to the reason for, or the
timing of, Executives termination of employment: (i) the Company shall pay the Executive any
PAGE 3 Transition Employment Agreement (Michael Yonker)
unpaid base salary due for periods prior to the Termination Date; (ii) the Company shall pay
the Executive all of the Executives accrued and unused vacation through the Termination Date; and
(iii) following submission of proper expense reports by the Executive, the Company shall reimburse
the Executive for all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Executive in connection
with the business of the Company prior to the Termination Date. These payments shall be made
promptly upon termination and within the period of time mandated by law.
7. Limitation on Payments. In the event that the severance and other benefits
provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Executive (i) constitute parachute
payments within the meaning of Section 280G of the United States Internal Revenue Code (the
Code), and (ii) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the
Excise Tax), then Executives benefits under this Agreement shall be either
(a) delivered in full, or
(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such benefits being
subject to the Excise Tax,
whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and
local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis,
of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may
be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code.
Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required
under this section shall be made in writing by the Companys independent public accountants (the
Accountants), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Executive and the
Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this section, the
Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may
rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999
of the Code. The Company and the Executive shall furnish to the Accountants such information and
documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this
section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with
any calculations contemplated by this section.
8. Successors.
(a) Companys Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect
and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or
substantially all of the Companys business and/or assets shall assume the Companys obligations
under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the Companys obligations under this Agreement
in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such
obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term
Company shall include any successor to the Companys business and/or assets which executes and
delivers the assumption agreement described in this subsection (a) or which becomes bound by the
terms of this Agreement by operation of law.
PAGE 4 Transition Employment Agreement (Michael Yonker)
(b) Executives Successors. Without the written consent of the Company, Executive may
not assign or transfer this Agreement or any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other
person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of
Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executives personal or
legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and
legatees.
9. Execution of Release Agreement upon Termination. As a condition of entering into
this Agreement and receiving the benefits under Sections 4 or 5 of this Agreement, the Executive
shall within such time period as required by the Company, execute and not revoke a general release
of claims against the Company in form satisfactory to the Company.
10. Notices.
(a) General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when
mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the
case of the Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to Executive at the home address which
Executive most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed
notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the
attention of its Secretary.
(b) Notice of Termination; Effective Date.
(i) By Company. If the Company terminates Executives employment, to be effective the
termination must be communicated by a written notice of termination to Executive delivered not
more than thirty days before the Termination Date, which notice identifies the Termination Date.
If the Company claims Cause, the Companys notice hereunder shall set forth in reasonable detail
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for for Cause termination.
(ii) By Executive. If the Executive voluntarily (and not for Good Reason) terminates
Executives employment, the termination must be communicated by a written notice of termination to
Company, which notice identifies the Termination Date. A voluntary termination will be effective on
the identified Termination Date. If Executive wishes to terminate his employment for Good Reason,
he must give a written Notice of Good Reason Termination within thirty days next following the Good
Reason Event. His Notice of Good Reason Termination must (x) identify the Good Reason Event and
its date; (y) invite the Company to reverse the Good Reason Event, and (z) state the Executives
intention to terminate his employment for Good Reason as of a Termination Date no earlier than ten
and no more than thirty days following the date of the Notice of Good Reason Termination unless the
Company reverses the Good Reason Event. A Termination for Good Reason will be effective on the
Termination Date stated in the Notice of Good Reason Termination, unless before that date the
Company has reversed the Good Reason Event and provided the Executive with written confirmation
that it has done so.
11. Arbitration.
PAGE 5 Transition Employment Agreement (Michael Yonker)
(a) Any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or in connection with this
Agreement, or the interpretation, validity, construction, performance, breach, or termination
thereof, shall be settled by binding arbitration to be held in Portland, Oregon in accordance with
the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect of the American
Arbitration Association (the Rules). The arbitrator may grant injunctions or other relief in
such dispute or controversy. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding
on the parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators decision in any
court having jurisdiction.
(b) The arbitrator(s) shall apply Oregon law to the merits of any dispute or claim, without
reference to conflicts of law rules. The arbitration proceedings shall be governed by federal
arbitration law and by the Rules, without reference to state arbitration law. Executive hereby
consents to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Oregon for any
action or proceeding arising from or relating to this Agreement or relating to any arbitration in
which the parties are participants.
(c) Executive understands that nothing in this Section modifies Executives at-will employment
status. Either Executive or the Company can terminate the employment relationship at any time,
with or without Cause.
(d) EXECUTIVE HAS READ AND UNDERSTANDS THIS SECTION, WHICH DISCUSSES ARBITRATION. EXECUTIVE
UNDERSTANDS THAT SUBMITTING ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT, OR THE INTERPRETATION, VALIDITY, CONSTRUCTION, PERFORMANCE, BREACH OR TERMINATION
THEREOF TO BINDING ARBITRATION, CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF EXECUTIVES RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AND
RELATES TO THE RESOLUTION OF ALL DISPUTES RELATING TO ALL ASPECTS OF THE EMPLOYER/EXECUTIVE
RELATIONSHIP, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING CLAIMS:
(i) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR WRONGFUL DISCHARGE OF EMPLOYMENT; BREACH OF CONTRACT, BOTH EXPRESS
AND IMPLIED; BREACH OF THE COVENANT OF GOOD FAITH AND FAIR DEALING, BOTH EXPRESS AND IMPLIED;
NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL INFLICTION OF EMOTIONAL DISTRESS; NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL
MISREPRESENTATION; NEGLIGENT OR INTENTIONAL INTERFERENCE WITH CONTRACT OR PROSPECTIVE ECONOMIC
ADVANTAGE; AND DEFAMATION.
(ii) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR VIOLATION OF ANY FEDERAL STATE OR MUNICIPAL STATUTE, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1991, THE
AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990, THE FAIR
LABOR STANDARDS ACT, THE CALIFORNIA FAIR EMPLOYMENT AND HOUSING ACT, AND LABOR CODE SECTION 201, et
seq; and
PAGE 6 Transition Employment Agreement (Michael Yonker)
(iii) ANY AND ALL CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF ANY OTHER LAWS AND REGULATIONS RELATING TO EMPLOYMENT
OR EMPLOYMENT DISCRIMINATION.
12. Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) Effect of Any Statutory Benefits. To the extent that any severance benefits are
required to be paid to the Executive upon termination of employment with the Company as a result of
any requirement of law or any governmental entity in any applicable jurisdiction, the aggregate
amount payable pursuant to Section 5 hereof shall be reduced by such amount.
(b) Effect of Standard Company Policy. To the extent that any severance benefits are
required to be paid to the Executive upon termination of employment with the Company as a result of
any standard Company policy, Executive shall be entitled to the greater of benefits available under
such policy or under this Agreement, but not both.
(c) Effect of Standing Severance Agreement. To the extent that any cash severance
benefits are provided for the Executive under any agreement between Executive and the Company,
those benefits will be paid in addition to the retention benefits payable hereunder.
(d) No Duty to Mitigate. The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount
of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any
earnings that the Executive may receive from any other source.
(e) Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged
unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive
and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either party
of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other
party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or
provision at another time.
(f) Integration. This Agreement and any agreements referenced herein represent the
entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and
collectively supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with
respect to the same subject matter, provided that, for clarification purposes, this Agreement shall
not affect any agreements between the Company and Executive regarding intellectual property matters
or confidential information of the Company.
(g) Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this
Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules,
of the State of Oregon.
(h) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions
of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof,
which shall remain in full force and effect.
PAGE 7 Transition Employment Agreement (Michael Yonker)
(i) Employment Taxes. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject
to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.
(j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall
be deemed an original, but both of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the
Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
PIXELWORKS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Frank Gill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
Lead Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
/s/ Michael Yonker |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Yonker |
PAGE 8 Transition Employment Agreement (Michael Yonker)
EXHIBIT A
Executive: Michael Yonker
|
|
|
Transition End Date:
|
|
March 31, 2008 |
|
Retention Pay:
|
|
Until March 31, 2007, the Retention
Pay is equal to $85,000. On that
date, and on each month end
thereafter through February, 2008,
the Retention Pay will increment by
$7,500, so that on February 29, 2008
and thereafter, the Retention Pay
will equal $175,000. |
|
|
|
Written Assent to Remote Location:
|
|
Executive acknowledges that
transitions required herein may
require frequent travel to, and
extended work periods in, San Jose,
California, and that such periods
may become more rather than less
extensive during the term hereof.
While Company does not expect
Executive to be required to relocate
his primary place of business, for
clarity Executive and Company agree
that such extended periods of work
in San Jose shall not constitute a
Good Reason Event at any time before
May 31, 2007. |
|
|
|
|
|
If after May 31, 2007, Executive is
being required to spend two weeks or
more out of every month in San Jose,
or more than sixty percent of his
monthly work time total in locations
that are further than fifty miles
from his home in Oregon (the
thresholds) then the requirement
will be recognized as a relocation
of his principal business location,
and will constitute a Good Reason
Event, which he at his option may
claim. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further the Company and Executive
specially agree that while such a
requirement continues after that
date, it will be regarded as a
continuing Good Reason Event, so
that his decision to continue work
despite these requirements for more
than 30 days after May 31, 2007 will
not eliminate his ability to look to
the actual requirements imposed on
him at any given time thereafter,
and if they are beyond the
thresholds here identified, to
recognize those requirements at that
time as a new Good Reason Event. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
PIXELWORKS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Yonker |
PAGE 9 Transition Employment Agreement (Michael Yonker)
exv10w14
Exhibit 10.14
February 26, 2006
Michael D. Yonker
7011 SW Hunt Club Lane
Portland, Oregon 97223
Dear Mike:
It is our pleasure to formally invite you to join the staff of Pixelworks Inc. as a Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasury located in Tualatin, Oregon. Our employment offer
is subject to Pixelworks normal personnel policies and our comprehensive benefit program. As
discussed, the following items outline the terms of our offer.
You will report to Allen Alley, Chief Executive Officer. This is an exempt position and your
starting compensation will be as follows: bi-weekly rate of $9,615.38 equivalent to $250,000 on an
annual basis.
We want you to share in the success of the company through stock participation. We are offering you
215,000 shares of stock options at the closing market price on your date of hire, subject to the
Board of Directors approval, pursuant to the Companys 1997 Stock Incentive Option Plan and the
terms and conditions of the Stock Option Agreement. Stock options will vest at a rate of 25% per
year; the full details will be outlined in your stock agreement documentation.
In addition, we would like to offer you a signing bonus totaling $75,000. This bonus will be paid
in your first regular paycheck following your hire date. Should you resign from employment with
Pixelworks within 12 months after your Hire Date, you will be required to pay back the total of any
signing bonus paid on pro-rata basis.
As a Vice President with Pixelworks, you will be eligible to participate in Pixelworks Sr.
Management annual bonus program. At the Vice President level, you will be eligible to receive up to
50% of your base salary. This bonus program, which runs annually from January through December, is
dependent on the achievement of company annual financial and operational goals. We will guarantee
you a minimum payment of $62,500 for the 2006 bonus plan.
Pixelworks pays bi-weekly, with pay dates every other Thursday. Paychecks will include wages due
through the two-week period (Sunday through Saturday) prior to the pay date. Should payday fall on
a holiday it will be paid on the previous workday.
Pixelworks extends this offer to you based solely on your skills, accomplishments and growth
potential and not on any confidential or proprietary information you may have belonging to others,
including your prior employers. We request that you not disclose to Pixelworks any such
information, in the form of documents or otherwise.
Enclosed is our Non Disclosure Agreement, all employees are required to sign this document prior to
commencement of work. As with any new hire, under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of
8100 SW Nyberg Rd. Tualatin, OR 97062 Tel: 503.454.1750 Fax: 503.454.0261
www.pixelworks.com
Pixelworks Offer Letter for: Mike Yonker
February 26, 2006
1986 we will be required to confirm your eligibility to work in the United States within three days
of your hire date.
Pixelworks is an at-will employer, and your employment will not be for any specific period of time.
You are free to quit and the Company is free to terminate employment at any time, with or without
cause. It is further understood this at-will employment relationship can only be changed in a
formal written employment contract signed by the Chief Executive Officer. A severance agreement
shall be include in this offer, the employee would receive twelve (12) months base salary, payable
on or before the Employers first regularly scheduled pay date. Employee Benefit Plan, if elected
may continue health insurance benefits as provided under federal COBRA regulation. If Employee
properly elects COBRA continuation, Employer shall make a contribution in the amount equal to
twelve (12) months total premium costs.
Please indicate your acceptance of this offer by signing and returning a copy of this letter to our
Human Resources department as soon as possible. Please note, we require receipt of this offer
letter signed by you and completed Non Disclosure Agreement (enclosed) prior to placing you on the
Pixelworks payroll.
Finally, we request that you maintain confidentiality of the terms and conditions of this offer.
We sincerely hope you find this employment offer attractive and look forward to welcoming you the
Pixelworks team. If you find that we can be of further assistance, please feel free to contact us
with any questions.
Sincerely,
/s/ Allen Alley
Allen Alley
Chief Executive Officer
I accept this contingent offer of employment with Pixelworks Inc. and agree to the terms and
conditions as stated above. I agree to commence employment on February 28, 2006.
(Date of hire)
|
|
|
|
|
Signed
|
|
/s/ Michael D. Yonker
|
|
|
|
|
Michael D. Yonker |
|
|
Please send a copy of your signed offer letter in an envelope marked Confidential to:
Mary-Beth Frerichs, Sr. Director Human Resources
Pixelworks Inc.
8100 SW Nyberg Rd.,
Tualatin, OR 97062
Fax: (503) 454-0261
8100 SW
Nyberg Road Tualatin, OR 97062 Tel: 503.454.1750 Fax: 503.454.0261
www.pixelworks.com
exv10w22
Exhibit 10.22
Standard Form of OFFICE BUILDING LEASE Developed by PORTLAND METROPOLITAN ASSOCIATION OF
BUILDING OWNERS AND MANAGERS
OFFICE LEASE
This Lease, made and entered into at Portland, Oregon, this 20th day of June, 2005 by and
between
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
Union Bank of California as Trustee for Quest Group Trust VI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
Pixelworks, Inc. |
Landlord hereby leases to Tenant the following: approximately 52,921 rentable square feet
known as Suites 103-400 for a period of March 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006 and 55,821
rentable square feet known as Suites 100-400 from August 1, 2006 through February 28, 2009
and depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto (the Premises), that is located in that
certain building located at 8100 S.W. Nyberg Road, Tualatin, Oregon, containing
approximately 55,821 rentable square feet as depicted/described on Exhibit B attached hereto
(the Building).
Tenants Proportion Share for purposes of Section 19 shall be 95% from March 1, 2006 through
July 31, 2006 and 100% from August 1, 2006 through February 28, 2009.
This Lease is for a term commencing March 1, 2006 and continuing through February 28, 2009
at a Monthly Base Rental as follows:
|
|
|
March 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006
|
|
$104,685 per month |
August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006
|
|
$110,908 per month ($23.84 per square foot annually) |
January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007
|
|
$111,887 per month ($24.05 per square foot annually) |
August 1, 2007 through August 31, 2007
|
|
$112,007 per month ($24.08 per square foot annually) |
September 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007
|
|
$114,251 per month ($24.56 per square foot annually) |
January 1, 2008 through January 31, 2009
|
|
$115,263 per month ($24.78 per square foot annually) |
February 1, 2009 through February 28, 2009
|
|
$115,773 per month ($24.89 per square foot annually) |
Rent is payable in advance on the first day of each month commencing March 1, 2006.
Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree as follows:
1.1 Delivery of Possession.
Should Landlord be unable to deliver possession of the Premises on the date fixed for the
commencement of the term, commencement will be deferred and Tenant shall owe no rent until
notice from Landlord tendering possession to Tenant. During the period from the scheduled
Commencement Date to the actual Commencement Date, Tenant shall continue to occupy the
Premises under the terms of its lease(s) and sublease(s) of the Premises (the Current
Lease). If possession is not so tendered within 90 days following commencement of the
term, then Tenant may elect to cancel this Lease by notice to Landlord within 10 days
following expiration of the 90-day period. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for
delay in delivering possession, nor shall such delay extend the term of this Lease in any
manner unless the parties execute a written extension agreement.
2.1 Rent Payment.
Tenant shall pay the Base Rent for the Premises and any additional rent provided herein
without deduction or offset. Rent for any partial month during the lease term shall be
prorated to reflect the number of days during the month that Tenant occupies the Premises.
Additional rent means amounts determined under Section 19 of this Lease and any other sums
payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease. Rent not paid when due shall bear interest
at the rate of one-and-one-half percent per month until paid. Landlord may at its option
impose a late charge of $.05 for each $1 of rent for rent payments made more than 10 days
late in lieu of interest for the first month of delinquency, without waiving any other
remedies available for default. Failure to impose a late charge shall not be a waiver of
Landlords rights hereunder.
3.1 Lease Consideration.
Upon execution of the Lease, Tenant has paid the Base Rent for the first full month of the
lease term for which rent is payable and in addition has paid the sum of $76,391 as lease
consideration in addition to the $39,382 Landlord is already holding. The total security
deposit is $115,773. Landlord may apply the lease consideration to pay the cost of
performing any obligation which Tenant fails to perform within the time required by this
Lease, following any applicable notice and cure period, but such application by Landlord
shall not be the exclusive remedy for Tenants default. If the lease consideration is
applied by Landlord, Tenant shall on demand pay the sum necessary to replenish the lease
consideration to its original amount. To the extent not applied by Landlord to cure defaults
by Tenant, the lease consideration shall be applied to costs at the end of the Lease term,
including but not limited to, repairs in excess of normal wear and tear and reconciliation
of operating expenses. Any portion of the lease consideration not used to cover the end of
term expenses shall be refundable. If Tenant is in default under this Lease more than two
(2) times within any twelve-month period, irrespective of whether or not such default is
cured, then without limiting Landlords other rights and remedies provided for in this Lease
or at law or equity, the lease consideration shall automatically be increased by an amount
equal to two (2) times the original lease consideration.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 1
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
4.1 Use.
Tenant shall use the Premises as business for corporate business office and operation of an
electronics engineering and testing laboratory and for no other purpose without Landlords
written consent. In connection with its use, Tenant shall at its expense promptly comply
and cause the Premises to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations
of any public authority and shall not annoy, obstruct, or interfere with the rights of other
tenants of the Building; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be responsible for
compliance of the Premises or the Building with any laws relating to fire, life, safety, or
accessibility, and the same shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord. Tenant shall
create no nuisance nor allow any objectionable fumes, noise, or vibrations to be emitted
from the Premises. Tenant shall not conduct any activities that will increase Landlords
insurance rates for any portion of the Building or that will in any manner degrade or damage
the reputation of the Building.
4.2 Equipment.
Tenant shall install in the Premises only such office equipment as is customary for general
office use and shall not overload the floors or electrical circuits of the Premises or
Building or alter the plumbing or wiring of the Premises or Building. Landlord must approve
in advance the location of and manner of installing any wiring or electrical, heat
generating or communication equipment or exceptionally heavy articles. All
telecommunications equipment, conduit, cables and wiring, additional dedicated circuits and
any additional air conditioning required because of heat generating equipment or special
lighting installed by Tenant shall be installed and operated at Tenants expense. Landlord
shall have no obligation to permit the installation of equipment by any telecommunications
provider whose equipment is not then servicing the Building. Anything to the contrary
contained in this Section notwithstanding, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the
equipment and improvements currently located and used in the Premises under the Current
Lease is approved and may be used by Tenant without further approval.
4.3 Signs.
No signs, awnings, antennas, or other apparatus shall be painted on or attached to the
Building or anything placed on any glass or woodwork of the Premises or positioned so as to
be visible from outside the Premises without Landlords written approval as to design, size,
location, and color. All signs installed by Tenant shall comply with Landlords standards
for signs and all applicable codes and all signs and sign hardware shall be removed upon
termination of this Lease with the sign location restored to its former state unless
Landlord elects to retain all or any portion thereof. Anything to the contrary contained in
this Section notwithstanding, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that all signs, attachments,
window coverings, and other items described in this Section that are currently located on
the Premises, as well as replacements thereof, are approved by Landlord.
Tenant, at its sole expense, shall have the right to erect an illuminated sign per Exhibit G
at a location that is mutually acceptable as long as it meets Class A standards. The
exterior sign will be subject to Landlord and City of Tualatin approval. Landlord approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall also have the right to install
non-illuminated signage at interior locations. Tenant agrees to absorb the cost to remove
all signage at the end of the Lease term.
Tenant, at its sole expense, shall have the right to locate a monument at the entrance to
the property per Exhibit H, subject to design approval by Landlord, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall not be required to remove the monument at the end of
the Lease term.
Tenant, at its sole expense, shall have the right to locate a decorative rock in the
Building, subject to the following: 1) Tenant shall provide Landlord with an engineering
report which confirms that the method of installation shall not damage the existing Building
structures; 2) Exact location of decorative rock is subject to Landlord approval; and 3) Any
damage caused by the decorative rock during the Lease term or as a result of its removal
shall be the responsibility of Tenant.
5.1 Utilities and Services.
Landlord will furnish water and electricity to the Building at all times and will furnish
heat and air conditioning (if the Building is air conditioned) during the normal Building
hours as established by Owner, which in no event shall be less than 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.,
Monday through Friday. Janitorial service will be provided in accordance with the
specifications set forth on Exhibit E attached hereto. Tenant may elect, with 60 days
notice, to provide their own janitorial service, and upon so doing, the Monthly Base Rental
will be reduced by the amount of monthly charges incurred by the Landlord for the current
janitorial service. Tenant agrees to use a janitorial contractor signatory to all
applicable collective bargaining agreements. Tenant shall comply with all government laws
or regulations regarding the use or reduction of use of utilities on the Premises.
Interruption of services or utilities shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of
Tenants use and possession of the Premises, render Landlord liable to Tenant for damages,
or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenants obligations under this Lease, unless such
interruption is caused by Landlords negligence or willful misconduct. Landlord shall take
all reasonable steps to correct any interruptions in service. Electrical service furnished
will be 110 volts unless different service already exists in the Premises. Tenant shall
provide its own surge protection for power furnished to the Premises.
5.2 Extra Usage.
If Tenant uses excessive amounts of utilities or services of any kind because of operation
outside of normal Building hours, high demands from office machinery and equipment,
nonstandard lighting, or any other cause, Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for
supplying such extra utilities or services, which charge shall be payable monthly by Tenant
in conjunction with rent payments. Landlord acknowledges that Tenants utility and services
usage under the Current Lease is not excessive and no additional charges will be imposed for
such continued use under this Lease. In case of dispute over any extra charge under this
Section, Landlord shall designate a qualified independent engineer
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 2
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
whose decision shall be conclusive on both parties. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay
one-half of the cost of such determination.
5.3 Security.
Landlord may but shall have no obligation to provide security service or to adopt security
measures regarding the Premises, and Tenant shall cooperate with all reasonable security
measures adopted by Landlord. Tenant may install a security system within the leased
Premises, with Landlords written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld.
Landlord acknowledges that Tenants current security system is acceptable. Landlord will be
provided with an access code to any security system and shall not have any liability for
accidentally setting off Tenants security system. Landlord may modify the type or amount
of security measures or services provided to the Building or the Premises at any time.
6.1 Maintenance and Repair.
Landlord shall maintain and repair in good condition the Building structure, roof, exterior
walls and doors, exterior windows and common areas of the Building, and the electrical,
mechanical, plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems, facilities and components
located in the Building that are used in common by all tenants of the Building (including
replacing building standard light bulbs). Tenant shall maintain and repair the Premises in
good condition, including, without limitation, maintaining and repairing all walls, floors,
and ceilings (but not any structural elements thereof), all interior doors, partitions and
windows, and all Premises systems, fixtures and equipment that are not the maintenance
responsibility of Landlord, as well as damage caused by Tenant, its agents, employees,
contractors or invitees.
Landlord shall have no liability for failure to perform required maintenance and repair
unless written notice of such maintenance or repair is given by Tenant and Landlord fails to
commence efforts to remedy the problem in a reasonable time and manner. Landlord shall have
the right to erect scaffolding and other apparatus necessary for the purpose of making
repairs, and Landlord shall have no liability for interference with Tenants use because of
repairs and installations, provided that the same is performed in a manner to minimize
interference with Tenants use, to the extent practicable, and completed as expeditiously as
possible. Except as otherwise set forth herein, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord
for any interruption or reduction of services or interference with Tenants occupancy, and
no such interruption or reduction shall be construed as a constructive or other eviction of
Tenant. Repair of damage caused by negligent or intentional acts or breach of this Lease by
Tenant, its employees or invitees shall be at Tenants expense.
6.2 Alterations.
Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements to the Premises without
Landlords prior written consent which may be withheld in Landlords reasonable discretion.
The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant may make cosmetic, non-structural changes, e.g.,
painting, floor covering, etc., without Landlords consent. Any such improvements,
alterations, wiring, cables or conduit installed by Tenant shall at once become part of the
Premises and belong to Landlord except for removable machinery and unattached movable trade
fixtures. Landlord may at its option require that Tenant remove any improvements,
alterations, wiring, cables or conduit installed by or for Tenant and restore the Premises
to the original condition upon termination of this Lease. Tenant shall not be responsible
for the restoration of any work done previous to the date this Lease is executed, except for
the restoration of the 2nd floor elevator lobby and corridor. Landlord shall
have the right to approve the contractor used by Tenant for any work in the Premises, and to
post notices of nonresponsibility in connection with work being performed by Tenant in the
Premises. Work by Tenant shall comply with all laws then applicable to the Premises.
Tenant, at its sole expense, shall have the right at any time during the Lease term of their
current lease/sublease and future lease terms, to construct a first floor reception area as
indicated on the attached Exhibit I. In addition, Tenant shall have the right at any time
during the Lease term to construct the showers on the first floor per Exhibit J, with the
cost to construct the showers to be split equally between Landlord and Tenant.
7.1 Limitation of Liability.
The liability of Union Bank of California, Quest Investment Management Inc. and Quest
Property Management with regard to all aspects of this Lease shall be limited to the assets
of Quest Group Trust VI, except if such liability arises out of or is caused by Landlords
negligence or willful misconduct, or its failure to enforce the rules and regulations
following notice from Tenant.
7.2 Indemnity.
Tenant shall not allow any liens to attach to the Building or Tenants interest in the
Premises as a result of its activities. Tenant shall indemnify and defend Landlord and its
managing agents from any claim, liability, damage, or loss occurring on the Premises,
arising out of any activity by Tenant, its agents, or invitees or resulting from Tenants
failure to comply with any term of this Lease. Neither Landlord nor its managing agent
shall have any liability to Tenant because of loss or damage to Tenants property or for
death or bodily injury caused by the acts or omissions of other Tenants of the Building, or
by third parties (including criminal acts).
7.3 Insurance.
Tenant shall carry liability insurance with limits of not less than One Million Dollars
($1,000,000) combined single limit bodily injury and property damage which insurance shall
have an endorsement naming Landlord and Landlords managing agent, if any, as an additional
insured, cover the liability insured under Section 7.2 of this Lease, and be in form and
with companies reasonably acceptable to Owner. Prior to occupancy, Tenant shall furnish a
certificate evidencing such insurance which shall state that the coverage shall not be
cancelled or materially changed without 10 days advance notice to Landlord and Landlords
managing agent, if any. A renewal certificate shall be furnished at least 10 days prior to
expiration of any policy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 3
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
8.1 Fire or Casualty.
Major Damage means damage by fire or other casualty to the Building or the Premises which
causes the Premises or any substantial portion of the Building to be unusable, or which will
cost more than 25 percent of the pre-damage value of the Building to repair, or which is not
covered by insurance. In case of Major Damage, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease
by notice in writing to the Tenant within 30 days after such date. Tenant may elect to
terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within such thirty (30) day period if
Landlords time to restore the Premises or the Building is estimated to take more than
ninety (90) days or if, after having commenced the restoration of the Premises or the
Building, Landlord fails to complete the same in the time period for completion stated prior
to such commencement. If this Lease is not terminated following Major Damage, or if damage
occurs which is not Major Damage, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises to the
condition existing just prior to the damage. Tenant shall promptly restore all damage to
tenant improvements or alterations installed by Tenant or pay the cost of such restoration
to Landlord if Landlord elects to do the restoration of such improvements. Unless the
casualty was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, Rent shall be reduced
from the date of damage until the date restoration work being performed by Landlord is
substantially complete, with the reduction to be in proportion to the area of the Premises
not useable by Tenant.
8.2 Waiver of Subrogation.
Tenant shall be responsible for insuring its personal property and trade fixtures located on
the Premises and any alterations or tenant improvements it has made to the Premises.
Neither Landlord, its managing agent nor Tenant shall be liable to the other for any loss or
damage caused by water damage, sprinkler leakage, or any of the risks that are or could be
covered by a special all risk property insurance policy, or for any business interruption,
and there shall be no subrogated claim by one partys insurance carrier against the other
party arising out of any such loss. This waiver is binding only if it does not invalidate
the insurance coverage of either party hereto.
9.1 Eminent Domain.
If a condemning authority takes title by eminent domain or by agreement in lieu thereof to
the entire Building or a portion sufficient to render the Premises unsuitable for Tenants
use, then either party may elect to terminate this Lease effective on the date that
possession is taken by the condemning authority. Rent shall be reduced for the remainder of
the term in an amount proportionate to the reduction in area of the Premises caused by the
taking. All condemnation proceeds shall belong to Landlord, and Tenant shall have no claim
against Landlord or the condemnation award because of the taking; provided, however, that
nothing herein shall prevent Tenant from pursuing and obtaining a separate award or awards
for loss of its leasehold interest, leasehold improvements, moving expenses, and other
claims.
10.1 Assignment and Subletting.
This Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties, their respective heirs,
successors, and assigns, provided that Tenant shall not assign its interest under this Lease
or sublet all or any portion of the Premises without first obtaining Landlords consent in
writing. This provision shall not apply to transfers by operation of law including, but not
limited to, mergers and changes in control of Tenant. No assignment shall relieve Tenant of
its obligation to pay rent or perform other obligations required by this Lease, and no
consent to one assignment or subletting shall be a consent to any further assignment or
subletting. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or
subletting provided the effective rental paid by the subtenant or assignee is not less than
the current scheduled rental rate of the Building for comparable space and the proposed
Tenant is compatible with Landlords normal standards for the Building. If Tenant proposes
a subletting or assignment to which Landlord is required to consent under this Section,
Landlord shall have the option of terminating this Lease for that portion of the Premises
proposed to be assigned or sublet and may lease the same directly to the proposed subtenant
or assignee. If an assignment or subletting is permitted, one-half of any cash profit, or
the net value of any other consideration received by Tenant as a result of such transaction
shall be paid to Landlord promptly following its receipt by Tenant. Tenant shall pay any
reasonable costs incurred by Landlord in connection with a request for assignment or
subletting, including reasonable attorneys fees.
11.1 Default.
Any of the following shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Lease:
|
(a) |
|
Tenants failure to pay rent or any other charge under this Lease within 10
days following written notice from Landlord of such nonpayment, or failure to comply
with any other term or condition within 30 days following written notice from Landlord
specifying the noncompliance. If such noncompliance cannot be cured within the 30-day
period, this provision shall be satisfied if Tenant commences correction within such
period and thereafter proceeds in good, faith and with reasonable diligence to effect
compliance as soon as possible. The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord shall be
required to give Tenant the ten (10) day notice of nonpayment specified in the first
sentence of this subsection (a) and only two (2) times in any consecutive twelve (12)
month period. Time is of the essence of this Lease. |
|
|
(b) |
|
Tenants insolvency, business failure or assignment for the benefit of its
creditors. Tenants commencement of proceedings under any provision of any bankruptcy
or insolvency law or failure to obtain dismissal of any petition filed against it under
such laws within the time required to answer; or the appointment of a receiver for all
or any portion of Tenants properties or financial records. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Assignment or subletting by Tenant in violation of Section 10.1. |
|
|
(d) |
|
Vacation or abandonment of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord
or failure to occupy the Premises within 20 days after notice from Landlord tendering
possession. |
11.2 Remedies for Default.
In case of default as described in Section 11.1 Landlord shall have the right to the
following remedies which are intended to be cumulative and in addition to any other remedies
provided under applicable law:
|
(a) |
|
Landlord may at its option terminate the lease by notice to Tenant. With or
without termination, Landlord may retake possession of the Premises and may use or
relet the Premises without accepting a surrender or waiving the right to damages.
Following such retaking of possession, efforts by Landlord to relet the Premises shall
be sufficient if Landlord follows its usual procedures for finding tenants for the
space at rates not less than the current rates for other comparable space in the
Building. If Landlord has other vacant space in the Building, prospective tenants may
be placed in such other space without prejudice to Landlords claim to damages or loss
of rentals from Tenant. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 4
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
|
(b) |
|
Landlord may recover all damages caused by Tenants default which shall include
an amount equal to rentals lost because of the default, lease commissions paid for this
Lease, and the unamortized cost of any tenant improvements installed by Landlord to
meet Tenants special requirements. Landlord may sue periodically to recover damages
as they occur throughout the lease term, and no action for accrued damages shall bar a
later action for damages subsequently accruing. Landlord may elect in any one action
to recover accrued damages plus damages attributable to the remaining term of the
lease. Such damages shall be measured by the difference between the rent under this
Lease and the reasonable rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the term,
discounted to the time of judgement at the prevailing interest rate on judgements. |
|
|
(c) |
|
Landlord may make any payment or perform any obligation which Tenant has failed
to perform, in which case Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant upon demand
all amounts so expended, plus interest from the date of the expenditure at the rate of
one-and-one-half percent per month. Any such payment or performance by Landlord shall
not waive Tenants default. |
12.1 Surrender.
On expiration or early termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver all keys to Landlord
and surrender the Premises vacuumed, swept, and free of debris and in the same condition as
at the commencement of the term subject only to reasonable wear from ordinary use. Tenant
shall remove all of its furnishings and trade fixtures that remain its property and repair
all damage resulting from such removal. Failure to remove shall be an abandonment of the
property, and Landlord may dispose of it in any manner without liability. If Tenant fails
to vacate the Premises when required, including failure to remove all its personal property,
Landlord may elect either: (i) to treat Tenant as a tenant from month to month, subject to
the provisions of this Lease except that rent shall be one-and-one-half times the total rent
being charged when the lease term expired, and any option or other rights regarding
extension of the term or expansion of the Premises shall no longer apply; or (ii) to eject
Tenant from the Premises and recover damages caused by wrongful holdover.
13.1 Regulations.
Landlord shall have the right but shall not be obligated to make, revise and enforce against
all tenants of the Building regulations or policies consistent with this Lease for the
purpose of promoting safety, health (including moving, use of common areas and prohibition
of smoking), order, economy, cleanliness, and good service to all tenants of the Building.
All such regulations and policies shall be complied with as if part of this Lease and
failure to comply shall be a default, subject to notice and the opportunity to cure set
forth in Section 11(a) hereof.
14.1 Access.
During times other than normal Building hours, Tenants officers and employees or those
having business with Tenant may be required to identify themselves or show passes in order
to gain access to the Building. Landlord shall have no liability for permitting or refusing
to permit access by anyone. Landlord may regulate access to any Building elevators outside
of normal Building hours. Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Premises at any
time by passkey or otherwise to determine Tenants compliance with this Lease, to perform
necessary services, maintenance and repairs or alterations to the Building or the Premises,
or to show the Premises to any prospective tenant or purchasers. Except in case of
emergency, such entry shall be following notice and at such times and in such manner as to
minimize interference with the reasonable business use of the Premises by Tenant, and shall
be escorted by a representative of Tenant. Tenant shall have electronic access to all
exterior doors.
14.2 Furniture and Bulky Articles.
Tenant shall move furniture and bulky articles in and out of the Building or make
independent use of the elevators only at times approved by Landlord following at least 24
hours written notice to Landlord of the intended move. Landlord will not unreasonably
withhold its consent under this Section.
15.1 Notices.
Notices between the parties relating to this Lease shall be in writing, effective when
delivered, or if mailed, effective on the second day following mailing, postage prepaid, to
the address for the party stated in this Lease or to such other address as either party may
specify by notice to the other. Notice to Tenant may always be delivered to the Premises.
Rent shall be payable to Landlord at the same address and in the same manner, but shall be
considered paid only when received.
16.1 Subordination and Attornment.
This Lease shall be subject to and subordinate to any mortgages, deeds of trust, or land
sale contracts (here after collectively referred to as encumbrances) now existing against
the Building. Landlord shall obtain, not later than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to
the Commencement Date, a written agreement from the holder of all such encumbrances that
such holder will not disturb Tenants tenancy under this Lease in the event of a foreclosure
by the holder of such encumbrance. In the event such nondisturbance agreement(s) is/are not
obtained within such period, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written
notice to Landlord and without further liability to Landlord. At Landlords option this
Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any future encumbrance hereafter placed against
the Building (including the underlying land) or any modifications of existing encumbrances,
and Tenant shall execute such documents as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or the
holder of the encumbrance to evidence this subordination; provided, however, that such
subordination shall be subject to the requirement that if any such encumbrance is
foreclosed, the purchaser at foreclosure sale shall recognize and not disturb Tenants
lease, and Tenant shall attorn to such purchaser and this Lease shall continue.
16.2 Transfer of Building.
If the Building is sold or otherwise transferred by Landlord or any successor, Tenant shall
attorn to the purchaser or transferee and recognize it as the lessor under this Lease, and,
provided the purchaser or transferee assumes all obligations hereunder, the transferor shall
have no further liability hereunder.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 5
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
Either party will within 10 days after notice from the other execute, acknowledge and
deliver to the other party a certificate certifying whether or not this Lease has been
modified and is in full force and effect; whether there are any modifications or alleged
breaches by the other party; the dates to which rent has been paid in advance, and the
amount of any security deposit or prepaid rent; and any other facts that may reasonably be
requested. Failure to deliver the certificate within the specified time shall be conclusive
upon the party of whom the certificate was requested that the lease is in full force and
effect and has not been modified except as may be represented by the party requesting the
certificate. If requested by the holder of any encumbrance, or any ground lessor, Tenant
will agree to give such holder or lessor notice of and an opportunity to cure any default by
Landlord under this Lease within thirty (30) days.
17.1 Attorneys Fees.
In any litigation arising out of this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to
recover attorneys fees at trial and on any appeal. If Landlord incurs attorneys fees
because of a default by Tenant, Tenant shall pay all such fees whether or not litigation is
filed.
18.1 Quiet Enjoyment.
Landlord warrants that so long as Tenant complies with all terms of this Lease it shall be
entitled to peaceable and undisturbed possession of the Premises free from any eviction or
disturbance by Landlord. Neither Landlord nor its managing agent shall have any liability
to Tenant for loss or damages arising out of the acts, including criminal acts, of other
tenants of the Building or third parties, nor any liability for any reason which exceeds the
value of its interest in the Building.
19.1 Additional Rent-Tax Adjustment.
Whenever for any July 1 June 30 tax year the real property taxes levied against the
Building and its underlying land exceed those levied for the 2005 2006 tax year, then the
monthly rental for the next succeeding calendar year shall be increased by one-twelfth of
such tax increase times Tenants Proportionate Share. Real property taxes as used herein
means all taxes and assessments of any public authority against the Building and the land on
which it is located, the cost of contesting any tax and any form of fee or charge imposed on
Landlord as a direct consequence of owning or leasing the Premises, including but not
limited to rent taxes, gross receipt taxes, leasing taxes, or any fee or charge wholly or
partially in lieu of or in substitution for ad valorem real property taxes or assessments,
whether now existing or hereafter enacted. If any portion of the Building is occupied by a
tax-exempt tenant so that the Building has a partial tax exemption under ORS 307.112 or a
similar statute, then real property taxes shall mean taxes computed as if such partial
exemption did not exist. If a separate assessment or identifiable tax increase arises
because of improvements to the Premises, then Tenant shall pay 100 percent of such increase.
Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, in the event any such taxes or
assessments are payable in installments, Landlord shall elect to pay the same in
installments over the longest possible period, and only such installments due and payable
during the Lease term shall be considered real property taxes hereunder.
19.2 Operating Expense Adjustment.
Tenant shall pay as additional rent Tenants Proportionate Share of the amount by which
operating expenses for the Building increase over those experienced by Landlord during the
calendar year 2006 (base year). Effective January 1 of 2007 each year Landlord shall
estimate the amount by which operating expenses are expected to increase, if any, over those
incurred in the base year. Monthly rental for that year shall be increased by one-twelfth
of Tenants share of the estimated increase. Following the end of each calendar year,
Landlord shall compute the actual increase in operating expenses and bill Tenant for any
deficiency or credit Tenant with any excess collected. As used herein operating expenses
shall mean all costs of operating and maintaining the Building as determined by standard
real estate accounting practice, including, but not limited to: all water and sewer
charges; the cost of natural gas and electricity provided to the Building; janitorial and
cleaning supplies and services; administration costs and management fees; superintendent
fees; security services, if any; insurance premiums; licenses, permits for the operation and
maintenance of the Building and all of its component elements and mechanical systems; the
annual amortized capital improvement cost (amortized over such a period as Landlord may
select but not shorter than the period allowed under the Internal Revenue Code and at a
current market interest rate) for any capital improvements to the Building required by any
governmental authority. Operating expenses shall not include: the cost of capital
improvements (except as set forth above); depreciation; principal payments of mortgage and
other non-operating debts of Landlord; the cost of repairs or other work to the extent
Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or condemnation proceeds; costs in connection with
leasing space in the Building, including brokerage commissions; lease concessions, rental
abatements and construction allowances granted to specific tenants; costs incurred in
connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building; fines, interest and
penalties incurred due to the late payment of taxes or expenses; organizational expenses
associated with the creation and operation of the entity which constitutes Landlord; or any
penalties or damages that Landlord pays to Tenant under this Lease or to other tenants in
the Building under their respective leases.
19.3 Disputes.
If Tenant disputes any computation of additional rent or rent adjustment under Sections 19.1
and 19.2 of this Lease, it shall give notice to Landlord not later than one year after the
notice from Landlord describing the computation in question, but in any event not later than
30 days after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant fails to give such
a notice, the computation by Landlord shall be binding and conclusive between the parties
for the period in question. If Tenant gives a timely notice, the dispute shall be resolved
by an independent certified public accountant mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant,
whose decision shall be conclusive between the parties. Each party shall pay one-half of
the fee for making such determination except that if the adjustment in favor of Tenant does
not exceed three percent (3%) of the escalation amounts for the year in question, Tenant
shall pay (i) the entire cost of any such third-party determination; and (ii) Landlords
out-of-pocket costs and reasonable expenses for personnel time in responding to the audit.
In the event the adjustment in favor of Tenant equals or exceeds five percent (5%) of the
escalation amounts for the year in question, Landlord shall pay (i) the entire cost of any
such third party determination, and (ii) Tenants out-of-pocket costs and reasonable
expenses for personnel time in connection with the audit. Nothing herein shall reduce
Tenants obligations to make all payments as required by this Lease.
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 6
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
20.1 Complete Agreement; No Implied Covenants.
This Lease and the attached Exhibits and Schedules if any, constitute the entire agreement
of the parties and supersede all prior written and oral agreements and representations and
there are no implied covenants or other agreements between the parties except as expressly
set forth in this Lease. Neither Landlord nor Tenant is relying on any representations
other than those expressly set forth herein.
20.2 Tenant Improvement Allowance.
Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with an allowance of $243,622 for the purposes of improving the Premises.
20.3 Captions.
The titles to the Sections of this Lease are descriptive only and are not intended to change
or influence the meaning of any Section or to be part of this Lease.
20.4 Nonwaiver.
Failure by Landlord to promptly enforce any regulation, remedy or right of any kind under
this Lease shall not constitute a waiver of the same and such right or remedy may be
asserted at any time after Landlord becomes entitled to the benefit thereof notwithstanding
delay in enforcement.
20.5 Exhibits.
The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated as a part of this Lease:
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
The Premises |
Exhibit B
|
|
The Project |
Exhibit C
|
|
Space Plan |
Exhibit D
|
|
Building Standards |
Exhibit E
|
|
Janitorial Specifications |
Exhibit F
|
|
Rules and Regulations for Office Lease |
Exhibit G
|
|
Building Signage |
Exhibit H
|
|
Building Monument |
Exhibit I
|
|
Reception Layout |
Exhibit J
|
|
Shower Layout |
Billing Information |
|
|
20.6 Renewal.
So long as this Lease is not, and has not been in default beyond any applicable notice and
cure period during the Lease term, Tenant shall have the right to extend the Lease term for
a period of five (5) years at Fair Market Rent by providing Landlord written notice of
Tenants intent to exercise the renewal option at least one hundred eighty (180) days prior
to the end of the initial Lease term (the Exercise Notice). Fair Market Rent shall mean
the minimum rent being charged for comparable space in the Portland Oregon, metropolitan
area with similar amenities and fixtures. Fair Market Rent shall be determined by Landlord
with written notice (the Notice) given to Tenant not later than thirty (30) days after
receipt of the Exercise Notice, subject to Tenants right to arbitration as hereinafter
provided. If Tenant disputes the amount claimed by Landlord as Fair Market Rent, and
Landlord and Tenant are not able to agree on the Fair Market Rent within ten (10) days of
Tenants receipt of the Notice, Tenant may require that Landlord submit the dispute to
arbitration. Failure on the part of Tenant to demand arbitration within thirty (30) days
after receipt of the Notice from Landlord shall bind Tenant to the Fair Market Rent
determined by Landlord. The arbitration shall be conducted and determined in Portland,
Oregon in accordance with the then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association
or its successor for arbitration of real estate valuation disputes, except that the
procedures mandated by such rules shall be modified as follows:
|
(a) |
|
Tenant shall make demand for arbitration in writing within thirty (30) days
after service of the Notice, specifying the name and address of the person to act as
arbitrator on Tenants behalf. The arbitrator shall be a real estate broker with at
least ten (10) years full-time experience who is familiar with the Fair Market Rent of
space similar to the Premises in Portland, Oregon. Within ten (10) business days after
the service of Tenants demand for arbitration, Landlord shall give notice to Tenant
specifying the name and address of the person designated by Landlord to act as
arbitrator on Landlords behalf, which person shall be similarly qualified. If
Landlord fails to notify Tenant of the appointment of Landlords arbitrator within the
time specified, then the arbitrator appointed by Tenant shall be the arbitrator to
determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises. |
|
|
(b) |
|
If two arbitrators are chosen, the arbitrators so chosen shall meet within ten
(10) days after the second arbitrator is appointed and shall appoint a neutral
arbitrator who shall be a competent and impartial person with qualifications similar to
those required of the first two arbitrators. If they are unable to agree upon such
appointment within five (5) days, the neutral arbitrator shall be selected by the
presiding judge of the Washington County Circuit Court. |
|
|
(c) |
|
The Fair Market Rent shall be fixed by the three arbitrators in accordance with
the following procedures: Each party-appointed arbitrator shall state, in writing,
such arbitrators determination of the Fair Market Rent supported by the reasons
therefore and shall make counterpart copies for the other party-appointed arbitrator
and the neutral arbitrator. The party-appointed arbitrators shall arrange for a
simultaneous exchange of their proposed Fair Market Rent determinations. The role of
the neutral arbitrator shall be to select whichever of the two proposed determinations
of Fair Market Rent most closely approximates the neutral arbitrators own
determination of Fair Market Rent. The neutral arbitrator shall have no right to
propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two proposed
determinations of Fair Market Rent. The determination of Fair Market Rent the neutral
arbitrator chooses as that most closely approximating the neutral arbitrators
determination of the Fair Market Rent shall constitute the decision of the arbitrators
and shall be final and binding upon the parties. The arbitrators shall have no power
to modify the provisions of this Lease. |
|
|
(d) |
|
The neutral arbitrators decision shall be made not later than thirty (30) days
after the submission by the arbitrators of their proposals with respect to the Fair
Market Rent. The parties have included these time limits in order to expedite |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 7
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
|
|
|
the proceeding, but they are not jurisdictional, and the neutral arbitrator may for good
cause allow reasonable extensions or delays, which shall not affect the validity of the
award. Absent fraud, collusion, or willful misconduct by the neutral arbitrator, the
award shall be final, and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction
thereof. |
|
|
(e) |
|
Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its respective arbitrator and
both parties shall share the fees and expenses of the neutral arbitrator equally. |
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the parties have executed this
Lease as of the day and year first written above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD:
Union Bank of California as Trustee for Quest Group Trust VI
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jason Kaufman
|
|
|
|
Jason Kaufman |
|
|
|
Assistant Vice President |
|
|
|
TENANT:
Pixelworks, Inc.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Hans Olsen
|
|
|
|
Hans Olsen |
|
|
|
Vice President Operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 8
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
EXHIBIT A
The Premises
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 9
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
EXHIBIT B
The Project
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 10
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
EXHIBIT C
The Space Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 11
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
EXHIBIT D
Building Standards
1. |
|
SUITE ENTRY DOOR: Solid core hardwood, cherry veneer entry doors from core area. |
|
2. |
|
CEILING: Building standard 2 x 4, U.S.G. #3575 acoustical tile in a white 15/16 exposed
flange grid ceiling system. Ceiling height first floor 9-10 minimum; second through fourth
floors 9-00. |
|
3. |
|
WINDOW COVERING: Building standard vertical blinds on all exterior windows. |
|
4. |
|
INTERIOR WALLS: A. 2-1/2 metal stud with one layer 5/8 gypsum board each side taped and
finished smooth; walls terminate underside of grid ceiling. B. All private office walls to be
insulated; ceiling insulation is available at additional cost. |
|
5. |
|
WALL PAINT: Acrylic satin latex enamel, building standard color. Manufacturer is Rodda
Laysen eggshell or Miller 6200 series or equal. |
|
6. |
|
INTERIOR OFFICE DOORS: A. Building standard, cherry solid core door with latch set.
Hardware finish is bright chrome. B. Building standard door and relite frames are
manufactured by Timley with factory black finish. Doors are 3 0 x 8 0 on Floors 2, 3 and
4 and 3 0 x 9 0 on Floor 1. |
|
7. |
|
LIGHTING: One fixture every 80 square feet, not to exceed Oregon Energy Code. |
|
8. |
|
FLOOR COVERING: Building standard carpeting will be 32 ounce, anti-static direct, glue down
carpet, solid color, plush-cut pile by Atlas. |
|
9. |
|
HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING: A. Ductwork, supply, return grilles and
thermostats; separate zones for conference rooms, corner offices and private offices.
Perimeter zones to be fan powered VAV with electric reheat. Interior zones to be cooling only
VAV. No cross zoning between tenants or between interior and perimeter zones. All lunch
rooms and break rooms to have exhaust fans. B. Special cooling needs for equipment rooms or
after-hour service available at additional cost. |
|
10. |
|
ELECTRICAL OUTLETS: A. Building standard wall duplex outlets at the rate of two (2) for
each 150 square feet of leased area on a shared circuit, not to exceed eight. B. Special
electrical voltage, circuits and grounding is available at additional cost. |
|
11. |
|
TELEPHONE OUTLETS: Building standard telephone outlets consist of a four square box with a
3/4 conduit stubbed above ceiling at two per 250 square feet of leased area. |
|
12. |
|
PLUMBING: None included in building standard items within Tenants leased area but available
at Tenants expense. Restrooms, showers and water fountains provided in common areas by
Landlord. |
|
13. |
|
SUITE IDENTIFICATION: Landlord will determine suite number identification per building
standard graphic system. |
|
14. |
|
SPACE PLANNING: All necessary space planning to design the building standards. |
|
15. |
|
PHONE/DATA LINE INSTALLATION: All phone lines, data lines, power cables and conduits will be
suspended from the plenum ceiling with 18 clearance above suspended grid. Phone system including
cabling to be removed at end of lease by tenant. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/99 - Page 12
|
|
Please Initial Landlord: /s/ JK Tenant: /s/ HO |
EXHIBIT E
Janitorial Specifications
TENANT OFFICE AREA
FIVE TIMES PER WEEK: Sunday through Thursday evenings.
1. |
|
Gather waste paper and place for disposal. |
|
2. |
|
Empty and wash ashtrays. |
|
3. |
|
Sweep and/or dust mop floor surfaces. |
|
4. |
|
Vacuum clean all carpeted traffic areas. Spot clean as necessary. |
|
5. |
|
Dust chairs, tables and other office furniture, but not desk. |
|
6. |
|
Dust lights and other flat surfaces within reach. |
|
7. |
|
Dust counters, file cabinets and telephones. |
|
8. |
|
Properly arrange furniture in offices. |
|
9. |
|
Remove fingerprints from doors and partition glass. |
|
10. |
|
Check doors and windows upon completion of work. |
|
11. |
|
Polish brass push plates. |
|
12. |
|
Sweep stairways. |
|
13. |
|
Leave only designated night lights on. |
ONE TIME PER WEEK
1. |
|
Dust high partition ledges and moldings. |
|
2. |
|
Clean door kick plates and trashcans. |
|
3. |
|
Dust panel walls and wood doors. |
|
4. |
|
Edge all carpeted areas on a rotating basis. |
ONE TIME PER MONTH
Clean, wax and polish composition floors.
ONCE EVERY SIX MONTHS
Clean exterior of perimeter windows.
ONE TIME PER YEAR
Clean interior of perimeter windows and relites in tenant spaces
RESTROOMS
FIVE TIMES PER WEEK
1. |
|
Clean restrooms, wash basins, dispensers and chrome platings. |
|
2. |
|
Clean mirrors and frames. |
|
3. |
|
Wet mop floors. |
|
4. |
|
Sanitize toilets, toilet seats and urinals. |
|
5. |
|
Dust ledges and partitions. |
|
6. |
|
Refill all dispensers. |
ONE TIME PER MONTH
Wash walls and doors.
ONE TIME PER YEAR
Machine scrub and seal restroom floors.
|
|
|
|
|
7/95
|
|
|
|
Please Initial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 13 of 6
|
|
Landlord
|
|
Tenant |
LOBBIES, STAIRWAYS, AND ELEVATORS
FIVE TIMES PER WEEK
1. |
|
Wet mop or vacuum main entrance lobby floors. |
|
2. |
|
Spot wash walls and doors. |
|
3. |
|
Vacuum elevator. |
|
4. |
|
Damp wipe or dust elevator walls, and polish call button plates. |
|
5. |
|
Clean elevator doors and thresholds. |
|
6. |
|
Check exit doors and lights in stairways and corridors. |
|
7. |
|
Clean and polish main entrance doors. |
ONE TIME PER WEEK
Clean elevator walls and ceiling.
ONE TIME PER MONTH
1.
2.
3. |
|
Dust high ledges and partitions.
Wet mop all stairs.
Clean and polish composition floors. |
ONE TIME PER YEAR
Professionally clean common area carpet.
HVAC HOLIDAY SCHEDULE
The HVAC will not be in operation on the following holidays:
New Years Day
Memorial Day
Independence Day / July 4
Labor Day
Veterans Day
Thanksgiving Day
Christmas Day
A schedule setting forth the days of observance of the foregoing holidays will be
furnished by the Lessor upon request.
|
|
|
|
|
7/95
|
|
|
|
Please Initial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 14 of 6
|
|
Landlord
|
|
Tenant |
EXHIBIT F
Rules and Regulations For Office Lease
GENERAL RULES
1. |
|
Tenant shall not suffer or permit the obstruction of any Common Areas, including but not
limited to driveways, walkways and stairways. |
|
2. |
|
Landlord reserves the right to refuse access to any persons Landlord in good faith judges to
be a threat to the safety, reputation, or property of the Project and its occupants. |
|
3. |
|
Tenant shall not make or permit any noise or odors that annoy or interfere with other lessees
or persons having business within the Project. |
|
4. |
|
Tenant shall not keep animals or birds within the premises, and shall not bring bicycles,
motorcycles, skateboards, or other vehicles into areas not designated as authorized for same. |
|
5. |
|
Tenant shall not make, suffer or permit litter except in appropriate receptacles for that
purpose. |
|
6. |
|
Tenant shall not alter any lock or install new or additional locks or bolts without prior
authorization from Landlord. |
|
7. |
|
Tenant shall be responsible for the inappropriate use of any toilet rooms plumbing, or other
utilities. No foreign substances of any kind are to be inserted therein. |
|
8. |
|
Tenant shall not deface the walls, partitions, or other surfaces of the premises or Project. |
|
9. |
|
Tenant shall not suffer or permit anything in or around the premises or Building(s) that
causes excessive vibration or floor loading in any part of the Project. |
|
10. |
|
Tenant shall not employ any service or contractor for services or work to be performed within
the premises, except as approved by the Landlord. |
|
11. |
|
Landlord reserves the right to close and lock the Project on Saturdays, Sundays, and legal
holidays, and on other days between the hours of 6 P.M. and 8 A.M. of the following day. If
Tenant uses the Premises during such periods, Tenant shall be responsible for securely locking
any doors it may have opened for entry. |
|
12. |
|
Tenant shall return all keys at the termination of its tenancy and shall be responsible for
the cost of replacing any keys that are lost. |
|
13. |
|
No Tenant, employee or invitee shall go upon the roof of the Building(s). |
|
14. |
|
Tenant shall not suffer or permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigars or cigarettes in
areas reasonably designated by Landlord or by applicable governmental agencies as non-smoking
areas. |
|
15. |
|
Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than as provided by
Landlord. |
|
16. |
|
Tenant shall not install, maintain, or operate any vending machines on the premises without
Landlord s written consent. |
|
17. |
|
The Premises shall not be used for lodging. |
|
18. |
|
Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation regulations established
by Landlord or any governmental agency. |
|
19. |
|
Landlord reserves the right to waive any one of these rules or regulations, and/or as to any
particular Tenant, and any such waiver shall not constitute a waiver of any other rule or
regulation or any subsequent application thereof to such Tenant. |
|
20. |
|
Tenant assumes all risks from theft or vandalism and agrees to keep its Premises locked as
may be required. |
|
21. |
|
Landlord reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and regulations as it may
from time to time deem necessary for the appropriate operation and safety of the Project and
its occupants. Tenant agrees to abide by these and such rules and regulations. |
|
22. |
|
Tenant understands that the building systems are designed to accommodate no more than five
(5) persons per 1,000 square feet of rentable area. |
PARKING RULES
1. |
|
Parking areas shall be used only for parking by vehicles which have a Quest Property
Management Parking Permit, if applicable. |
|
2. |
|
Vehicles permitted shall be no longer than full size passenger automobiles or pick up trucks
and shall herein be called Permitted Size Vehicles. |
|
3. |
|
Tenant shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Tenant or
Tenant s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or
parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. |
|
4. |
|
Landlord reserves the right to relocate all or a part of parking spaces from floor to floor
within one floor, and/or to reasonably adjacent offsite locations(s), and to reasonably
allocate them between compact and standard size spaces, as long as the same complies with
applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. |
|
5. |
|
Users of the parking area will obey all posted signs and park only in the areas designated
for vehicle parking. |
|
6. |
|
Unless other wise instructed, every person using the parking area is required to park and
lock his own vehicle. Landlord will not be responsible for any damage to vehicles, injury to
persons, or loss of property, all of which the party using the parking area assumes risks. |
|
7. |
|
The maintenance, washing, waxing or cleaning of vehicles in the parking area(s) or Common
Area is prohibited. |
|
8. |
|
Tenant shall be responsible for seeing that all of its employees, agents, and invitees comply
with the applicable parking rules, regulations, laws and agreements. |
|
9. |
|
Landlord reserves the right to modify these rules and/or adopt such other reasonable and
non-discriminatory rules and regulations, laws and agreements. |
|
10. |
|
Such parking use as is herein provided is intended merely as a license only and no bailment
is intended or shall be created hereby. |
|
|
|
|
|
7/95
|
|
|
|
Please Initial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page 15 of 6
|
|
Landlord
|
|
Tenant |
exv23
Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Pixelworks, Inc.:
We consent to incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Nos.
333-136553, 333-126017, 333-125945, 333-123526, 333-121274, 333-89394, 333-62000, 333-41720, and
333-41722) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-118100, 333-100548 and 333-67838) of Pixelworks, Inc. of our
reports dated March 12, 2007, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Pixelworks, Inc. as of
December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders
equity and comprehensive loss, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2006, managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006, which reports appear in the December 31, 2006 annual report on
Form 10-K of Pixelworks, Inc.
Our report refers to a change in the method of accounting for shared-based payment awards effective
January 1, 2006.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Portland, Oregon
March 12, 2007
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Hans H. Olsen, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pixelworks, Inc.; |
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light
of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented
in this report; |
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a. |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b. |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c. |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d. |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors
and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions): |
|
a. |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and |
|
|
b. |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 12, 2007
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Hans H. Olsen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hans H. Olsen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
President and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Michael D. Yonker, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Pixelworks, Inc.; |
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light
of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented
in this report; |
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a. |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b. |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such
internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles; |
|
|
c. |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report
based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
d. |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has
materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants
internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors
and the audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions): |
|
a. |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information; and |
|
|
b. |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees
who have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 12, 2007
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael D. Yonker |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael D. Yonker
Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer, Treasurer and Secretary |
|
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Pixelworks, Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof
(the Report), I, Hans H. Olsen, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that:
|
1. |
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
|
2. |
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Hans H. Olsen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hans H. Olsen
President and
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Pixelworks, Inc. (the Company) on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof
(the Report), I, Michael D. Yonker, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and
Secretary of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
|
1. |
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
|
2. |
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Michael D. Yonker |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael D. Yonker |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
Treasurer and Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
March 12, 2007 |
|
|